EditScript MT

Transcription

EditScript MT
EditScript MT
User Guide for Version 10
Copyright and trademark information
Copyright © 2015 Nuance Communications, Inc. All rights reserved.
EMon® is a registered trademark of Nuance Communications, Inc.
EditScript™, IntelliScript™, AutoScript™, NetScript™, and PrintScript™ are trademarks of
Nuance Communications, Inc.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
U.S. Patent Number: 7,274,775.
Content has been removed from some graphics to maintain patient and institution privacy.
Send comments to [email protected]
Document Version: v10.30 10022015
Contact information:
Nuance Communications, Inc.
1 Wayside Road
Burlington, MA 01803
Tel 781-565-5000
Fax 781-565-5001
Table of Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
About EditScript MT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Typical workflow for recognized data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Speech Recognition Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Chapter 1
Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
What’s New in Version 10? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Installing EditScript MT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Installation/upgrade instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Maximizing EditScript MT Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Starting and Exiting EditScript MT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Starting the program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Changing your password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Exiting the program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Foot Pedal Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
EditScript MT Profile Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Viewing/changing profile settings in EditScript MT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Autosave and File Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Chapter 2
Learning the Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Identifying the Interface Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Audio control bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
EditScript MT toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
3
Table of Contents
Status bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Chapter 3
Learning the Microsoft Word Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Learning the Essential Word Shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Reassigning shortcut keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Using the AutoCorrect Feature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Importing your custom AutoCorrect lists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Moving AutoCorrect entries between computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Common AutoCorrect substitutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Using the AutoText Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Using Custom Dictionaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Updating Microsoft Word. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Chapter 4
Working in EditScript MT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Important EditScript MT Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Workflow shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Audio shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
EditScript MT voice cursor shortcuts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Editing shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Using the Foot Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Pedal bounce-back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Understanding the Work Queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Work queue permissions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Understanding document status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Building a work queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Retrieving and Uploading Dictations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Retrieving a dictation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Uploading a completed report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Understanding STAT dictations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Listening to a Dictation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Adjusting the audio controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Editing Header and Contact Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Editing the header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Editing date fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Editing the visit grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Adding contact (CC) information to the header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Header shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Editing Dictation Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Voice and text cursor shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Basic editing shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Inserting contact names directly into the text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Inserting Normals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
4
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Table of Contents
Default method of inserting normals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Normals Chooser method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Pending a Dictation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Adding a pending note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Understanding auto-pend messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Attaching Pending Reasons to a Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Pending Reason grid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Attaching pending reasons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Adding an in-text pending reason . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Adding a pending reason in the header grid only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Splitting a Dictation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Splitting a speech-recognized draft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Splitting a non-recognized dictation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Creating a Report without Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Addenda and Amendments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Searching for a previous dictation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Taking a break from EditScript MT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Viewing your Transcription Metrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Features Usage Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Searching for a Previously Uploaded Dictation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
MT Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
MT Instructions and your eScriptionist profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
MT Instructions and the EditScript MT interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Instruction Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
MT Instructions dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
MT Instructions shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Chapter 5
Working in MT Review Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
MT Review v10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Getting Started (in EMon) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Enabling Enhanced MT Review. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Setting up security permissions for MT Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Enabling new work modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Setting up grading criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Selecting documents for MT Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Getting Started (in EditScript MT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Logging in to MT Review mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Constructing the work queue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
QA Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
MT Review grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Grading a Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
New menu items in v10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
EditScript MT User Guide V10
5
Table of Contents
Adding an in-text error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Adding an error in the header grid only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Show or hide markup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Reviewed Dictation Retrieval Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Logging in to RDR mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Working in RDR mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Getting the average score for a set of reviewed documents . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Chapter 6
Working in Pending List Management Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Setting Up Pending List Management Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Security Group Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
EditScript Profile Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Logging in to Pending List Management Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Selecting Dictations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Sorting the work queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Building your work queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Working with a Pended Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Exiting Pending List Management Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Auto-pended Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Working with Pending Reasons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Pending Reasons menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Logging in to PLM mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Resolving Pending Reasons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Providing MT Review Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Chapter 7
Maximizing Productivity in EditScript MT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Using EditScript MT Mouse-free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Productivity-enhancing Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Other Tips for MTs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Hide the EditScript MT feature icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Use the AutoCorrect feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Pay attention to direct MT feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Pause EditScript MT when you need a break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Check spelling as you type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Edit documents for the same speaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Chapter 8
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Troubleshooting EditScript MT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Troubleshooting Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Recommended AntiVirus Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
6
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Table of Contents
Appendix A: Common EditScript MT Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Message Text / Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
EditScript MT User Guide V10
7
Table of Contents
8
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Introduction
The Dragon Medical 360 | eScription (formerly eScription) product line is designed to increase
the productivity of medical transcriptionists, and is based on the simple premise that it is faster
to edit than to type. Physicians dictate as usual, but rather than having their dictations typed
from scratch, EditScript creates accurate and fully formatted first drafts that medical
transcriptionists (MTs) — whether in-house or employed by an outsourced organization —
quickly review and edit. As a result of using EditScript, health care organizations have doubled
the productivity of medical transcriptionists, saved costs, and decreased turnaround time —
without interfering with clinicians' workflow.
Using unique, patent-pending features, four major components work together to deliver
productivity results unequaled by any other technology vendor:
Voice Capture
Records, digitizes, and optimizes medical dictations for speech processing.
Speech Processing
Converts dictation to text while producing fully formatted draft documents.
Transcription Tools
Enables fast editing of draft documents.
Document Management & Distribution
Supports transcription management, document distribution, reporting, electronic signature,
and more.
About EditScript MT
EditScript MT is Dragon Medical 360 | eScription’s transcription solution. Integrated with
Microsoft Word, EditScript MT is a robust document editor, using intelligent speech processing
technology to create formatted first draft documents that you can quickly review and edit.
9
Introduction
EditScript MT contains audio manipulation tools that allow you to reset, rewind, fast forward
and play-back dictation audio as necessary, and at a speed and volume that you are most
comfortable with, putting you in complete control of the transcription process. Using EditScript
MT, you can download dictations, perform editing or transcription, and upload your completed
work efficiently.
In addition to the standard transcription mode, EditScript MT features three additional modes:
•
•
•
MT Review mode (see Working in MT Review Mode in Chapter 5 on page 179).
Reviewed Dictation Retrieval mode (allows you to review your marked-up documents, or
the marked-up documents of other MTs, if you have the necessary permission). See
Reviewed Dictation Retrieval Mode in Chapter 5 on page 205.
Pending List Management mode (see Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management
Mode on page 215).
Typical workflow for recognized data
Dictation audio uploaded in IntelliScript (by telephone), IntelliScript Digital Voice Recorder (by
handheld device) or a supported 3rd party system.
Audio delivered by EDT/Audio or IntelliScript Digital Voice Recorder data transfer applications,
and is ready for recognition.
AutoScript fetches the audio and creates a draft known as a Word Alignment file. That draft is then
marked Ready for editing.
EditScript MT fetches the audio and Word Alignment file and creates a transcription file. The
transcription is checked out for editing and transcribed by an eScriptionist (MT).
The uploaded document is distributed based on institution-specified distribution rules, and eventually
routed back to the dictating clinician.
The clinician fetches the transcription and creates a signed document file using NetScript.
The signed document is distributed based on institution-specified distribution rules, and sent to the
Electronic Medical Records (EMR) system at your institution.
10
EditScript MT User Guide V10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Introduction
Speech Recognition Overview
The EditScript system uses speech recognition to produce document drafts that accurately
reflect what was dictated by the clinician. This is done through AutoScript, a program that
listens to recorded audio to learn how a clinician speaks. The speech patterns that result from
this are used as a guide from which a voice model for a clinician is built.
Before an institution goes live on the EditScript system, we obtain a collection of dictations
made by the clinician. This collection is known as historical text. When the clinician is first
introduced to the system, historical text is the only information we have on their specific
dictation patterns. The data from their historical text is used along with transcriptions created
in EditScript MT for the same clinician to build a language and formatting model for that
clinician.
The accuracy of a voice model depends largely on two variables: the amount and detail of the
historical text from which the model is originally built, and the transcription work you perform
for that clinician. From your consistent transcriptions, AutoScript will recognize when you make
logical corrections and text substitutions and will eventually learn to make them for you!
Workflow:
1
2
3
4
5
The clinician dictates.
Medical transcriptionists transcribe a certain number of dictations for that clinician.
AutoScript listens to the dictations and compares them with your transcriptions.
AutoScript comes up with a model that accounts for what the doctor said and how his speech was
transcribed.
AutoScript improves the voice model using subsequent dictation-to-transcription analysis.
Why is a Style Guide important?
As you read above, the system learns to create an accurate draft document from close analysis
of a clinician’s speech patterns and the patterns that evolve from the transcription work you
perform of their dictations. For instance, if AutoScript sees that the phrase “murmurs, rubs and
gallops” is always spelled “hot fudge sundae,” it will eventually recognize “murmurs, rubs and
gallops” to mean “hot fudge sundae,” and will type it that way. Standardizations for how to type
certain terms, phrases, conditions, and medications help to avoid this kind of confusion.
During the EditScript installation process, your management staff met with
Dragon Medical 360 | eScription personnel to develop a Style Guide, a manual that enforces
consistent typing practices for particular terms, phrases, conditions, medications and
formatting. Using the style guide, the transcription work by your MT staff will be consistent,
allowing AutoScript to speech-recognize with heightened accuracy. With fewer changes to make
in each draft, the task of editing will become easier, and your editing rate should increase as a
result.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
11
Introduction
12
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Getting Started
This chapter contains detailed instructions for
installing and starting EditScript MT. In
addition, it discusses how to set up your foot
pedal, profile options, autosave, and more.
These are important topics to become familiar
with before using EditScript MT in a
production environment.
1
Topics discussed in this chapter:

What’s New in Version 10?

What’s New in Version 10.2?

What’s New in Version 10.4?

What’s New in Version 10.6?

What’s New in Version 10.30?

Installing EditScript MT

Maximizing EditScript MT
Performance

Starting and Exiting EditScript
MT

Foot Pedal Setup

EditScript MT Profile Options

Autosave and File Recovery
13
Chapter 1: Getting Started
What’s New in Version 10?
EditScript MT version 10 contains several new features and enhancements with the shared
purpose of improving your productivity and streamlining your transcription workflow:
Enhanced MT Review
Version 10 introduces an enhanced MT Review process that includes the ability to do a
retrospective review of the latest unpended document, to let reviewers review the work of
other reviewers, and to revise or correct already assigned scores in Reviewed Dictation
Retrieval (RDR) mode. MTs with MT Review privileges can also review and grade others
while in Pending List Management (PLM) mode. See descriptions below for more details.
To enable these new features, EMon administrators select Enhanced MT Review Features
in EMon’s Application Features dialog. See MT Review v10 in Chapter 5 on page 180.
Note: EditScript MT v10 uses the term “MT Review” in place of “QA Review”.
Support for Retrospective Review
of Both Original and Current Versions of Documents
EditScript MT v10 supports retrospective MT review of the original and current versions of
unpended documents; documents must be in an unsigned, partially signed, or signed state.
Two new options appear in the Workqueue Mode Specification dialog box. The “MT Review of
Original Documents” option enables the reviewer to score the document originally uploaded
by the MT, while the “MT Review of Current Documents” option enables the reviewer to
score the document that was sent to distribution. See MT Review v10 in Chapter 5 on
page 180.
Providing Grading Feedback While in PLM Mode
When EMon administrators enable Enhanced MT Review Features, users with MT Review
privileges can review and grade other MTs while resolving pended documents in PLM mode.
This is called pre-release MT Review. In previous versions of EditScript MT, it was necessary
to resolve problems in PLM mode, log out, and then enter QA Review mode; in v10, users
with MT Review privileges can provide grading feedback without leaving PLM mode. See
Providing MT Review Feedback in Chapter 6 on page 236.
Filtering Reviewed Documents By Reviewer While in RDR Mode
When viewing the work queue in RDR mode, administrators can use the new Reviewer
drop-down list to see documents that were reviewed by a particular transcriptionist or by all
transcriptionists.
The Reviewer drop-down list contains the names of all transcriptionists who are able to
review documents. Administrators can select one specific name or select “All” to see
documents reviewed by all transcriptionists. See Viewing the work queue in RDR mode
(administrative users) in Chapter 5 on page 208.
Users must belong to a security group with the Use EditScript to see reviewed
documents of other transcriptionists permission to access this filter.
Viewing Pending Reasons in RDR Mode
In v10, reviewers can do an MT Review of a document while working in Pending List
Management mode (called pre-release MT Review). As a result, such documents may also
include pending reasons. These pending reasons will be displayed in the Pending Reason
grid when viewing a downloaded document in RDR mode. Viewing them may provide users
with contextual information relevant to the grades given when the document was reviewed.
14
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 1: Getting Started
The Pending Reason grid will be read-only. See Viewing the work queue in RDR mode
(transcriptionists) in Chapter 5 on page 207 and Viewing the work queue in RDR mode
(administrative users) in Chapter 5 on page 208.
Reviewing a Grading Mistake While in RDR Mode
Review staff can now correct any grading mistakes that a reviewing transcriptionist might
have made while reviewing a document. To revise scores, a user must belong to a security
group with the Use EditScript to see reviewed documents for other transcriptionists
security permission. Users will not be able to revise grading scores for their own reviewed
documents.
To revise a grading score, the user downloads a document in RDR mode and presses the
“Revise Scores” button above the MT Review Codes grid. He or she deletes any existing MT
Review codes and/or adds new MT Review codes, and the new score is reflected in the
Accuracy/Line score in the grid. See Revising previously assigned scores in Chapter 5 on
page 210.
Attaching Standardized, Pre-Defined Pending Reasons to a Document
When EMon administrators enable both the Enhanced MT Review Features and the Use
Enhanced Pending List Management options in EMon, EditScript users can pend
documents by attaching administrator-defined pending criteria (with optional, free-text
comments) to a document instead of typing free-text descriptions. Each institution can
customize their own pending criteria through EMon. Once a user selects a pre-defined
pending criteria and attaches it to a document, that unique instance of the pending criteria
is known as a pending reason.
EditScript MT users can attach these pending criteria to documents via new shortcuts or
menu items, in both Transcription mode and Pending List Management mode. The pending
reasons are displayed in a grid above the document. In PLM mode, users can use shortcuts
to navigate through the pending reasons and resolve them. When they resolve all the
pending reasons and upload the document, the document is considered to be “unpended”
(unless an additional validation rule is triggered on upload). See Attaching Pending Reasons
to a Document in Chapter 4 on page 151.
Note: If an institution does not to enable the “Use Enhanced Pending List Management”
option, MTs use the existing Pending Note functionality.
Displaying the Due Date for Dictations
EditScript MT v10 displays two new columns in the work queue grid (in all modes) showing
when a document is due to be completed. These columns are called: Local Due Date and
Institution Due Date. Local Due Date is shown using the time zone of the transcriptionist’s
PC and the Institution Due Date is shown using the time zone of the institution.
If the current time is past the due dates shown, then the turnaround time (TAT) has been
exceeded.
What’s New in Version 10.2?
The following feature has been added to version 10.2.
Enhanced In-Text MT Review Interface
EMon administrators can check this option in the Application Features console to enable
Enhanced In-Text MT Review. This feature is intended for users who are providing MT
Review feedback in Pending List Management mode. If enabled, a new dialog will open when
adding an in-text error to a dictation. This dialog prompts the user for the corrected text,
EditScript MT User Guide V10
15
Chapter 1: Getting Started
the error criteria, and a comment. After clicking ‘OK’, the corrected text will be inserted into
the dictation, replacing the original text. Both the incorrect and corrected text will be
available for subsequent reporting. See Enhanced In-Text MT Review Interface option in
Chapter 6 on page 238.
What’s New in Version 10.4?
The following feature has been added to version 10.4.
Show or hide markup
An new option called Toggle Track Changes appears on the Word Tools menu (shortcut:
ALT+J) for the following modes: MT Review of Original Documents, MT Review of Current
Documents, Reviewed Dictation Retrieval, and Pending List Management.
This option is available for reviewers who, for instance, may not want to see changes made
to speech-recognized drafts. When a user presses ALT+J, EditScript MT toggles all markup
off, removing the color from the document. When the option is toggled back on, the color is
added back for the current user and the previous user. See also: Show or hide markup in
Chapter 5 on page 204.
What’s New in Version 10.6?
The following feature has been added to version 10.6.
New Warning Message Alerts MTs if Contacts Will Not be Added to Header
A message has been added in Transcription and Pending List Management modes that pops
up if the MT clicks Cancel instead of OK after adding a CC. Previously, MTs would be
returned to the header without any indication that the CC had not been added. (29291)
What’s New in Version 10.30?
The following features have been added to version 10.30.
New ‘Hide the work queue’ eScriptionist Profile option
A new eScriptionist Profile option called Hide the work queue has been added in EMon
(eScriptionist tab> Profile> Login tab). If this option is selected, users will not be allowed to
view the work queue in EditScript MT in any mode, with the exception of RDR mode. See
also From the Login page: on page 45 and Setting work queue permissions through EMon
(Administrators) in Chapter 4 on page 114.
16
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 1: Getting Started
Prevent Dictation Skipping
For administrators, a new option has been added that prevents MTs from repeatedly
skipping documents that they do not want to work on (either by pressing Alt+F4, Alt+N, or
clicking X). Administrators can access this option in EMon (via the eScriptionist tab> Profile
button> Transcription tab), or in EditScript MT (Alt+O or Utilities menu> EditScript MT
Options). See Prevent dictation skipping on page 51.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
17
Chapter 1: Getting Started
Installing EditScript MT
In order to download and install EditScript MT, you will need the following: a working
connection to the Internet, your institution short name, and your
Dragon Medical 360 | eScription user name and password as assigned by your transcription
manager.
The types of users that can install and/or upgrade EditScript MT are listed below according to
operating system:
OPERATING SYSTEM
PERMITTED TO INSTALL
PERMITTED TO
UPGRADE
Windows XP
Administrators
Administrators
Windows Vista, Windows 7
Administrators
Administrators
Standard Users with
Administrator credentials
Standard Users with
Administrator credentials
Installation/upgrade instructions
Follow the steps below to manually install EditScript MT.
IMPORTANT! Before installing EditScript MT, verify that your computer meets the
hardware and software requirements listed in the Installation Component Requirements
document found on EditScript Online> Support Center> Utilities & Manuals.
Steps:
1
Enter your institution’s short name in the Customer Login field on www.escription.com,
then click Log In.
The Connect dialog appears.
2
18
Enter your user name and password, then click OK.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 1: Getting Started
EditScript Online opens.
3
Click Administrators, then click Software Downloads.
The Dragon Medical 360 | eScription programs available to your institution are
displayed.
4
Click on the EditScript MT link.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
19
Chapter 1: Getting Started
The available installers are displayed.
5
Click on the EditScript MT Setup link.
The File Download - Security Warning dialog appears.
6
Select Run to run the installer immediately, or Save to save the executable locally and
run it from the save location.
Note: A security warning may appear when you attempt to run the executable
directly from the File Download dialog. It is safe to click RUN from this dialog.
7
20
Run the executable. (If you selected Run in Step 6, this will start automatically.)
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 1: Getting Started
The InstallShield wizard appears.
8
Click Next.
The Destination Folder screen appears.
9
The default destination folder is specified. To install to the default destination folder,
click Next. To browse for a folder, click Change.
Note: We recommend that you install to the default location.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
21
Chapter 1: Getting Started
The Ready to Install screen appears.
10
Click Install to begin the installation.
IMPORTANT! Installation will fail at this point if your system does not meet the
requirements for memory, processor, disk space, monitor, operating system, and
Microsoft Office version listed in the Installation Component Requirements
document found on EditScript Online> Support Center> Utilities & Manuals. If your
system does not meet one of the specified requirements, an error dialog listing the
requirements that are not met will appear.
The Installing EditScript MT dialog appears. If at any time you need to stop the
installation process, click Cancel.
22
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 1: Getting Started
The Installation Complete dialog appears.
11
Click Finish.
Note: This install routine will also install the EditScriptProcMon service to your
machine, a service that monitors when processes in EditScript MT are created and
terminated.
Installation/upgrade instructions (automatic updates)
EditScript MT can be configured to update automatically on an institution-wide or per-MT
basis. When set to auto-update, all of the files that are necessary for upgrade are
downloaded to your computer while you work. A prompt will appear when you exit EditScript
MT, asking that you install the update.
Note: Depending on how auto-update has been configured for your institution, you may
be allowed to skip the installation process a certain number of times. This is known as a
grace period, and is configurable on a per-MT basis by your
Dragon Medical 360 | eScription Support representative. If the update is not installed
within your grace period, you will be locked out of EditScript MT. It is important to install
program updates when you are first prompted to do so.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
23
Chapter 1: Getting Started
Steps:
1
If an update is available, a prompt will appear when you exit EditScript MT:
2
Click Yes to install the new release immediately (recommended) or No to install it at a
later time if you are given the option to do so. If you select No, the prompt will indicate
how many more times the software update may be refused.
3
After responding Yes, the prompt to install will appear. To install the update, follow the
instructions under Installation/upgrade instructions on page 18, beginning with Step 6.
The update is similar to a full install using the InstallShield wizard.
Note that you will be instructed to close all Word-based programs, including EditScript
MT before the install can proceed. Be sure to save any unsaved work before closing.
The update should take a few minutes (with a typical broadband connection). Once the
installation is complete, you may need to restart, depending on what version of
EditScript MT was on your machine and what version you are upgrading to.
IMPORTANT! If you do not install the update before your grace period elapses, you
will no longer be allowed to log in to EditScript MT (until you update). You will
receive the following message when you try to log in:
‘eScription has downloaded an EditScript MT upgrade to your machine. If you
do not have Administrative privileges on this machine, please ask your
transcription manager to contact your IT staff so that they can install this
upgrade for you. You may no longer log in to EditScript MT until this upgrade
has been installed.’
Navigating the installation directory
The default EditScript MT installation directory will be one of the following, depending on
whether the program was installed to a Windows Vista/Windows 7 or Windows XP operating
system:
OPERATING SYSTEM
DEFAULT INSTALLATION DIRECTORY
Windows Vista, Windows 7
\Users\<username>\AppData\Roaming\eScription\ EditScript MT
Windows XP
\Documents and Settings\<username>\Application
Data\eScription\EditScriptMT
Several folders in the installation directory contain content that can be useful to
transcriptionists. These folders are highlighted below:
24
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 1: Getting Started
Depository of files
associated with a
downloaded dictation
(audio, dictation text,
speech-recognized
draft, etc.)
Depository of upload,
summary, AutoCorrect,
and other log files
Original copies of all
the dictations worked
on during a session of
EditScript MT are
stored here and purged
when you sign out.
Depository of pull
templates saved locally
to your machine
Dictations that cannot
be uploaded, due to a
lost internet
connection or any
other interruption, are
stored here and
uploaded the next time
you log into EditScript
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Depository of
autosaved documents
When Save Word Docs
is enabled in your
EditScript Profile
through EMon, saved
documents will appear
in this folder.
25
Chapter 1: Getting Started
Maximizing EditScript MT Performance
Following the system requirements for EditScript MT will ensure that the program runs
efficiently. In addition, there are a few steps that can be taken to maximize the speed and
overall performance of the program once it has been installed on your system.
•
•
•
•
•
•
26
Exclude all eScription folders from AntiVirus scans: In order to allow EditScript MT
to access the files it requires from the installation directory without interruption, exclude
the EditScript MT installation directory from your system-wide AntiVirus scanning. This
can be set using the exclusion option available in most AntiVirus programs.
Exclude www.eScription.com from firewall protection: For the same reasons
mentioned above, the eScription.com site should be excluded from firewall interference.
Many EditScript services require connection to the Internet, and to the eScription.com
site specifically. Interruption by a firewall can negatively impact performance or access
to these required resources.
Avoid accessing EditScript MT through VPN: EditScript MT performance can be
slowed considerably when accessed through VPN. Access through VPN should be limited,
if possible.
Use DSL or broadband: We recommend a DSL or broadband internet connection for
increased speed and performance. If a user is limited to a dial-up connection, we
recommend they notify their transcription manager before they begin working in
EditScript MT, as their connection timeout setting (EMon) will most likely need to be
adjusted.
Update Word and Windows Media Player: For maximum performance when editing
and transcribing in EditScript MT, make sure that Word and Windows Media Player are
always up to date.
Other: To resolve general speed issues, we recommend that you do not run any
additional applications behind EditScript MT. In the event that your system is running
slower than usual, try rebooting the computer. This will often improve overall system
performance.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 1: Getting Started
Starting and Exiting EditScript MT
Follow the steps in this section to start a new session of EditScript MT (once it has been
installed), or to exit the current session.
Starting the program
Once EditScript MT has been successfully installed, you can start the program by following the
steps below. This is how you will launch the program at the beginning of each work day.
Steps:
1
Double-click on the EditScript MT program icon on your desktop
, or select Start>
All Programs> eScription> EditScript MT 10.
The initializing screen appears.
If you are logging into EditScript MT for the first time, you will receive the following
message about excluding certain directories from your antivirus scans. It is very
important for performance of the EditScript MT program that you follow the instructions
presented in this dialog.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
27
Chapter 1: Getting Started
2
Click Ok.
The Login dialog appears.
3
Enter your Login ID, Password, Institution (short name, assigned by
Dragon Medical 360 | eScription) and System. Select Production (default) from the
drop-down menu. If you have been granted access to a training or test system, a Test
option will be available from this drop-down (as shown below). Be sure to select the
appropriate system depending on your purpose in EditScript MT.
Note: To log in mouse-free, use the TAB key to move from one field to the next. To
go back and change any of the information you entered, use SHIFT+TAB. When
finished, press TAB to jump to the Ok button, and press ENTER.
4
Once you have entered the required information, click Ok.
Note: User names are unique between the Production and Test systems. You do not
automatically have access to both.
Note: If you are starting EditScript MT for the first time, and your institution is
configured to require certificates for program access, you will be prompted to
request a certificate after the Login screen appears. For more information on
certificates, see Requesting a certificate on page 30.
5
If you have been given permission to use EditScript MT only for editing and
transcription work, please proceed to Step 6.
If you have been given permission to work in Pending List Management, MT Review, or
Reviewed Dictation Retrieval modes, and the Prompt option has been selected in your
EditScript MT profile in EMon, you will be prompted to specify the type of work queue
you would like to work with in the current session. If the Prompt option is not selected
in your profile, you will enter whatever work queue has been selected as the default for
your profile in EMon.
28
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 1: Getting Started
Select the work queue mode you wish to work in, and press ALT+O (OK). If you plan
to work in only one of the listed modes, and you do not want to be prompted the next
time you start EditScript MT, select the appropriate mode and un-check Always show
this dialog.
Note: You will not be able to deselect the Always show this dialog check box for
Reviewed Dictation Retrieval mode.
Transcription
Select this option to use EditScript MT for editing and transcription.
Pending List Management
Select this option to view and manage the queue of documents that are currently
pending.
MT Review of Original Documents
Select this option to compare dictation audio with edited or typed documents. Mark up
documents using standard grading criteria. This option allows you to review the original
version of the document, which represents the work of the MT who first edited and
uploaded the document.
MT Review of Current Documents
Select this option to compare dictation audio with edited or typed documents. Mark up
documents using standard grading criteria. This option allows you to review the current
version of the document. The current version of the document is the latest unpended
version, which may have been modified in EMon, in Pending List Management mode, or
by a signing clinician.
Reviewed Dictation Retrieval
Select this option to download and review the marked-up documents scored by the
reviewer. Users with additional security permissions can also see the reviewed
documents of other transcriptionists.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
29
Chapter 1: Getting Started
6
The Login dialog will remain visible until the various startup procedures have been
accomplished. You can track the progress of these procedures directly from the dialog.
Startup procedures appear here
The following procedures may run at program startup:
PROCEDURE NAME
DESCRIPTION
Logging In
EditScript MT is attempting to log you into the
institution site, using the login information you
provided
Downloading Templates
EditScript MT is downloading pull templates from the
institution library
Downloading Latest Contacts
Initial startup:
EditScript MT is downloading all available contacts to
your local machine
Note: This process could take up to 60 minutes
during initial startup if you have a slow
connection.
Subsequent startups:
EditScript MT is downloading the new contacts that
were added since your last session
Downloading Speakers and Work types
EditScript MT is downloading the speakers and work
types for your institution
Formatting Contact List
EditScript MT is formatting your CC (contacts) list
Initializing Dictation List
EditScript MT is identifying the dictations in your work
queue that are available for download
Requesting a certificate
If your institution is configured to require certificates for access to EditScript MT, you will be
prompted to request a certificate the first time you start the program. You will not be able to
use EditScript MT until your request has been accepted and processed by your administrator.
Follow the steps below to request a certificate.
Note: Certificates are assigned on a per-user, per-computer basis. If you intend to access
EditScript MT from multiple computers, you will need to request a new certificate for each
computer.
30
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 1: Getting Started
Steps:
1
Enter the required information (shown in red) in the Request Certificate to Use
EditScript MT dialog. To receive an email notification when your request has been
processed, enter a valid email address in the Email Address field.
2
Specify a reason for the request, either by selecting a default reason from the Reason
drop-down menu, or by selecting Other from the menu and specifying the reason in
the details text field at the bottom of the dialog.
3
Press ALT+O (OK) to accept the entered information and send the request. Your
request is then sent to the server, where it awaits processing by your administrator.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
31
Chapter 1: Getting Started
If you had specified an email address in the Request Certificate to Use EditScript MT
dialog, you will receive an email notification when your request is processed. The
notification they receive will look similar to the one shown in the following example,
where a certificate for EditScript has been granted:
When your request is approved, you will have immediate access to the system. In the
instance that your request is denied, you will be prompted to request a certificate again
the next time you attempt to log on.
Background applications
When EditScript MT is running, you will notice several additional applications in your
Windows Task Manager dialog. These applications are necessary for the program and
transcription workflow to operate without error.
IMPORTANT! For EditScript to operate properly, and for your transcription work to be
processed effectively, you must allow the tasks in the following table to run during your
EditScript MT session.
APPLICATION
DESCRIPTION
EditScriptClientMain
The actual EditScript MT program. Ending this task will end your current
EditScript session, and may prevent other transcriptionists from
downloading dictations that you have not transcribed. You also may
lose credit for some work done during the EditScript session.
When this task is ended through the Windows Task Manager, a dialog
will appear warning you of the potential dangers in ending the program
this way. Selecting Yes from the dialog will restart EditScript
automatically, and allow it to repair any problems (recommended).
Document - EditScript MT
The new word document that opens with EditScript. Ending this task will
end your current EditScript session.
TimeOutMonitor
Monitors database requests. There will be several instances of this.
EditScriptFileSaver
Periodically saves Word’s auto recovery files to your Temp folder. These
files can be retrieved in the event of a crash.
DatabaseRequestServer
Makes database requests. There will be several instances of this.
EditScriptProcMon
The EditScriptProcMon service monitors when processes in EditScript
MT are created and terminated. It is mainly used for diagnostic
purposes, as it can detect when an EditScript process has been closed
through the Windows Task Manager.
32
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 1: Getting Started
Changing your password
If your password has expired, you will not be able to access the
Dragon Medical 360 | eScription system until it is reset through EditScript Online. To do so,
follow the steps below.
Steps:
1
Log into EditScript MT.
If your password has expired, the following dialog appears.
2
Click Yes.
The eScription.com website opens.
3
Log in using your customer login (institution’s short name), user name, and password.
Your institution’s home page opens.
4
Click on the Change Password link located on the left side of the page.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
33
Chapter 1: Getting Started
The Change Password page appears.
5
Enter a new password in the New password field.
6
Re-enter the new password in the Re-type new password field.
7
Click Save.
A notice appears confirming that your password has been changed.
Note: If your new password does not meet your institution’s password policy, you
will receive an error message detailing the requirements your password must meet.
8
Return to the EditScript MT login dialog, and log in using your new password.
Exiting the program
Follow the steps below to exit EditScript MT.
Steps:
1
Complete and upload the current dictation, but do not download another. To do this,
press ALT+SHIFT+U, or click Dictations> Upload current file in the EditScript MT
toolbar.
2
Click on the X at the top right side of the Windows screen.
The following prompt appears:
34
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 1: Getting Started
3
Press ENTER or click Yes to exit EditScript MT. To return to EditScript MT, press the
TAB key once (so that No is highlighted) and press ENTER, or click No.
Exiting from an open document (not recommended):
1
Click on the X at the top right side of the Windows screen.
EditScript MT automatically closes the open document. You will lose work on the current
document, and the dictations in your queue will be returned to the general work queue.
The following prompt appears:
2
Press ENTER or click Yes to exit EditScript MT.
3
Depending upon how the document was modified, a prompt may appear asking
whether you would like to save a copy of your changes to the Normal.dot Windows
template:
This occurs when Microsoft Word is selected as the default editor. Press the TAB key
once (so No is highlighted) and press ENTER, or click No.
To avoid this message, disable Word as the default editor in Microsoft Outlook under
Tools> Options> Mail Format> Message Format.
Uncheck
EditScript MT User Guide V10
35
Chapter 1: Getting Started
Foot Pedal Setup
EditScript MT supports two specific USB and serial port foot pedal devices: the IN-USB-1 (USB)
and the IN-DB9 (serial). Both models are manufactured by Infinity. For detailed instructions on
using these foot pedals in EditScript MT, see Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT on page 99.
Setting up the USB foot pedal
The Infinity IN-USB-1 model connects to your computer’s USB port and requires no special
software or drivers to work with EditScript MT.
Steps:
1
Connect the device adaptor to the USB port on your computer.
2
Test the foot pedal in EditScript MT.
Setting up the serial foot pedal
The Infinity Model IN-DB9 model connects to your computer’s 9-pin serial port and requires
no special software or drivers to work with EditScript MT.
Steps:
1
Connect the device adaptor to the 9-pin serial port on your computer.
2
Test the foot pedal in EditScript MT.
Using a USB/Serial Adaptor with a serial foot pedal
In addition to the Infinity IN-USB-1 model, we have had success configuring the Belkin USB/
Serial Adaptor to work properly with a serial foot pedal on EditScript MT. Other adaptors
may also work using this setup, but have not been tested.
Note: We recommend using the Infinity IN-USB-1 model over the USB/Serial adaptor.
Setting up the Belkin USB/Serial Adaptor:
36
1
Install the USB/Serial Adaptor using the instructions provided with the device.
2
Once installation has been completed, open the Windows Device Manager:
3
Right-click on My Computer and select Properties.
4
From the Hardware tab, click on Device Manager.
5
In the Device Manager window, click the + sign next to Ports (COM & LPT). You
should see the USB/Serial Adaptor listed there with a COM port next to it.
6
Right-click on the Adaptor and select Properties.
7
From the Port Settings tab, click on Advanced.
8
From the COM Port Number drop-down, set the device to COM6 (any COM device
higher than COM4 should also work). Be sure to remember what you set this to.
9
Click OK to close the Advanced window, then click OK to close the Properties window.
10
Close the Device Manager.
11
Launch EditScript MT and log in.
12
From the EditScript MT toolbar, click Options.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 1: Getting Started
13
From the Foot Pedal tab, change the CommPort setting to COM6 (or to whatever port
was set in Step 8 above).
14
Click OK to close the Options dialog.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
37
Chapter 1: Getting Started
EditScript MT Profile Options
Your EditScript MT profile contains various settings that directly impact your day-to-day
transcription workflow. These settings can be configured by your administrator through the
eScriptionist tab in EMon, the administration and monitoring tool. Many of these settings can
also be set/changed directly through EditScript MT.
Viewing/changing profile settings in EditScript MT
Follow the steps below to view and/or change your profile settings in EditScript MT.
Steps:
1
Log into EditScript MT.
2
Press ALT+O or click Utilities> EditScript MT Options to display your EditScript MT
Profile Settings dialog. This dialog contains three tabs: QA (RDR mode), Transcription
(workflow), and Foot Pedal (foot pedal-specific).
3
Click on the right-arrow key to navigate across the available dialog tabs.
4
To change an option from a dialog tab, hit the TAB key to toggle through the available
settings. Configure the available profile settings as necessary, and press ALT+O to
accept any changes and close the dialog. Before some changes can take effect, you
must log out and log back into EditScript MT.
QA page
Enabled for RDR mode
When checked, allows the user the option of working in Reviewed Dictation Retrieval
mode when logging into EditScript MT.
38
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 1: Getting Started
Transcription page
Always Display Audio Dialog
Select this setting to display the Audio control dialog whenever EditScript is open.
When displayed, the Audio control dialog appears beneath the header.
Manual Queue Refresh
When checked, the work queue display can only be refreshed by pressing the Refresh
button. When un-checked, the display is refreshed automatically.
Prompt Before Exiting
When checked, the following dialog will appear, prompting you to verify that you want
to close EditScript. Select Yes to exit, or No to continue working in EditScript.
AutoSave
When checked, documents in EditScript are saved automatically in the event of a
system crash or unexpected shutdown at the interval specified for the Minutes Between
AutoSaves setting (see below).
See Autosave and File Recovery on page 53 for more information on automatically
saving your open documents.
Note: By default, EditScript MT will autosave your open document every 1 minute.
To avoid a repeated slowdown, set this option to save on a less frequent basis.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
39
Chapter 1: Getting Started
Seconds to Wait for Split
Specify the number of seconds to wait before the Dictation ID of the next section of a
dictation that has been split is downloaded. For more information, see Splitting a
Dictation in Chapter 4 on page 157.
MinutesBetweenAutoSave
Specify a value, in minutes, for the interval at which an AutoSave will occur. Note that
this setting will only apply when the AutoSave option is enabled (checked).
Always Display Instructions
When checked, the MT Instructions Control is automatically displayed when an MT
downloads a dictation with associated instructions. If unchecked, the MT simply
receives notification that there are instructions associated with the dictation. By
default, this option is off.
Note:This option should not be enabled often, but is useful for new
transcriptionists.
Days Instruction defined as new
Specify the number of days (this number must be between 0 and 99) that MT
Instructions are defined as new for the MT. The default is 3 days. When an instruction
qualifies as new, the notification for the instruction indicates that. The MT then knows
to view the instruction in order to see the new information.
Note:Any time an instruction is changed in EMon, it qualifies as a new instruction.
Tip: If you know that an MT will be gone for an extended period of time (e.g., on
vacation), adjust this option accordingly.
Foot Pedal page
40
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 1: Getting Started
Pedal Bounce-Back
Specify a value, in seconds, for the distance by which the voice cursor (audio) will
rewind when the center foot pedal is released. Fractions of a second can be specified
using a decimal point.
Input Device
When configuring a USB/Serial Adaptor with a serial foot pedal, this setting must match
the CommPort setting that is set in the Windows Device Manager. For more
information, see Using a USB/Serial Adaptor with a serial foot pedal on page 36.
How profile settings are changed in EMon
EMon is a program that allows administrators to monitor the entire dictation-to-transcription
process. There are several profile settings in EMon that can affect how you work in EditScript
MT. These settings are configured by your transcription manager through the eScriptionist tab
or, through EditScript MT if you have Admin Privileges. The profile settings that are available for
each page in this dialog are described in the following sections.
Steps (Administrators or MTs with EMon access):
1
Log in to EMon. For instructions on installing EMon, see the EMon User Guide,
available from your customer center or by request.
2
From the eScriptionist tab, search for the transcriptionist whose profile settings you
wish to change. Select the transcriptionist’s name, and click the Profile button.
The EditScript Profile dialog for that transcriptionist appears. This is a tabbed dialog,
containing seven pages: Admin (administrative), Security (MT permissions), Files (MT
file permissions), Login (login privileges), QA (EditScript MT Review, Pending List
Management, and Reviewed Dictation Retrieval access), Transcription (workflow), and
Foot Pedal (foot pedal specific).
3
Configure the profile settings as necessary, and click OK. Before some changes can
take effect, the transcriptionist must log out and log back into EditScript MT.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
41
Chapter 1: Getting Started
From the Admin dialog page:
Trap Deletes
When checked, the delete/backspace key bug in Microsoft Word is corrected. If you are
using a shortcut expander, such as ShortCut or SmarType, uncheck this setting.
Display Long Contact Info
When checked, the complete contact information is displayed in the header. When
unchecked, only the eScriptionist’s first and last name are displayed.
Allow System Wide Setting
When checked, you can use the Apply System Wide setting (below) to apply an
eScriptionist’s profile settings to all institutions for which she has a login.
Apply System Wide
When checked, the eScriptionist’s profile settings are used whenever she logs into any
institution that she can access.
Note: The Allow System Setting option (above) must be enabled for this setting to
be active.
Comm Timeout Minutes
Specify a number, in minutes, for Internet response timeout. If a response from the
Internet is not received within the number of minutes specified here, a communication
warning will appear, and the request will restart. Failure to connect may indicate a
network problem, firewall interference or problems with your ISP.
Tip: If you connect to the Internet using a Dial-Up connection, increase this
number to allow for the slower connection speed.
42
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 1: Getting Started
Cache Size Warning
Cache size represents the number of documents that should be kept downloaded on the
computer at all times (including the one being transcribed). If the number of
downloaded documents falls below the number specified in this setting, a warning will
appear to the user.
Seconds Between Retries
Specify a number, in seconds, to determine the wait between Internet retries during
communication lapses. This setting is seldom modified.
High Priority Level
Specify a number to determine the high priority level. Once set, any priority that is less
than or equal to this number will be considered a high priority dictation capable of
interrupting the current editing session with a “Higher Priority” prompt.
Hours Before Unlock
Specify a number, in hours, to determine the time before an untouched dictation is
released back into the general work queue while EditScript MT is open. When the
specified duration expires, any dictations that have yet to be worked on by an MT are
released back into the work queue from where they can be pulled by another MT.
From the Security page:
Note: The settings available from this dialog page are enabled (checked) by default to
comply with HIPAA (Health Insurance Portability Accountability Act) guidelines.
Prevent SaveAs
Check to disable the File> SaveAs, File> Send To, and File> SaveAs Web Page options
when an EditScript MT document is loaded.
Prevent Printing
Check to prevent the MT from printing EditScript MT documents locally.
Prevent Paste
Check to prevent the MT from pasting text from the clipboard to a document outside of
EditScript MT.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
43
Chapter 1: Getting Started
From the Files page:
Save Word Docs
When checked, uploaded documents are saved to the WordDocSave folder in the
EditScript installation directory.
IMPORTANT! Enabling this setting is not recommended. Keeping files on a user’s
PC is a violation of HIPAA regulations in most circumstances.
Remove Untouched Downloads
When checked, downloaded dictations that are not edited during a session will be
erased and unlocked after the session has ended.
Release Edited Downloads
When checked, downloaded dictations that are not pending uploads are erased and
unlocked when you log out of EditScript MT. When this occurs, any changes that had
been made will be lost.
44
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 1: Getting Started
From the Login page:
Note: Contact your Dragon Medical 360 | eScription Support representative with any
questions you might have regarding the login privileges that can be specified through
this tab page.
Login Privileges
These settings determine whether an MT will have the ability to edit her queue.

Hide the work queue: do not allow the MT to view the work queue in any mode,
with the exception of RDR mode. If the MT tries to open the work queue, a
message is displayed stating: ‘You are not allowed to view the work queue. If you
need access to the work queue, please contact your manager and ask them to
change your permissions’.

View the work queue - The MT can simply view her work queue, but cannot select
dictations to work on. (EditScript places dictations in the queue based on the MT’s
security group permissions and filters in the Properties dialog.)

View and edit the work queue - In addition to viewing her work queue, the MT can
manually add dictations to or release dictations from her queue.
Note: This setting is generally enabled only for senior MTs and supervisors.
Admin Privileges
Check to grant the eScriptionist full access to her profile settings in EditScript MT. When
enabled, all of the tabs and settings available from the Profile dialog in EMon (except
the Login tab) are available from the Profile Settings dialog in EditScript MT (Utilities>
EditScript MT Option).
Note: This setting should only be enabled for users who are permitted to edit their
work queues.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
45
Chapter 1: Getting Started
From the QA page:
Work Queue mode
Select the default work queue mode that you want open with EditScript MT.
Enabled for Pending List Review
Select to enable the transcriptionist to log in to Pending List Management mode of
EditScript. This mode allows you to view and/or resolve the list of current pending
documents.
Enabled for MT Review Original
Select to allow the user to work in MT Review mode of EditScript MT. This mode allows
the user to review and score completed documents. Check this option to review the
original version of the document, which represents the work of the MT who first edited
and uploaded the document.
Prompt for Work Queue Mode
Check to always prompt the user to select the work queue they wish to work in when
they log into EditScript MT. In order to be prompted, more than one work mode must
be enabled for the user through this dialog.
Tip: We recommend that you select this box for any MT or manager who will be
working in more than one mode.
Enable for RDR mode
Check to allow the user to work in Reviewed Dictation Retrieval (RDR) mode of
EditScript MT. This mode allows the user to download and review the marked-up
documents scored by the reviewer. Users with additional security permissions can also
see the reviewed documents of other transcriptionists.
Enable for MT Review Current
Select to allow the user to work in MT Review mode of EditScript MT. This mode allows
the user to review and score completed documents. Check this option to review the
current version of the document. The current version of the document is the latest
unpended version, which may have been modified in EMon, in Pending List
Management mode, or by a signing clinician.
46
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 1: Getting Started
From the Transcription page:
The settings in this dialog page more than any other affect your day-to-day transcription
workflow in EditScript MT. It is important to understand each available setting and how it might
affect your work.
Note: We recommend that you contact your Dragon Medical 360 | eScription Support
representative before changing the status of the settings available from this tab page.
Note: Depending on your institution’s configuration, not all of the settings described below
will appear in the Admin tab for your profile.
Pend New Contacts
Check to automatically pend a document when a new contact is added to the CC list.
Hide buttons that have shortcuts
Check to remove all buttons in EditScript MT that have shortcuts keys associated with
them, encouraging MTs to use the shortcuts.
Split Dictation Has Shortcut
Check to allow the use of the Alt+Shift+6 shortcut to split a dictation.
Create Dictation Has Shortcut
Check to allow the use of the Alt+Shift+7 shortcut to create a new dictation without an
audio file, and the use of Alt+Shift+8 to upload and create another.
Load Dragon Medical 360 | eScription Medical Dictionaries
Check to load and use the Dragon Medical 360 | eScription AutoCorrect dictionaries
that are packaged with EditScript MT. See Using Custom Dictionaries in Chapter 3 on
page 91 for more information.
Always Display Audio Dialog
Check to make the audio control dialog visible every time the MT downloads a dictation.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
47
Chapter 1: Getting Started
Hide Name Change Error
Check to prevent a warning from being displayed when a document is pended following
a change to the patient name in the header. When unchecked, a warning will be
displayed in such an instance.
Manual Queue Refresh
Check to force the MT to manually refresh the work queue by pressing the Refresh
button. When un-checked, the display is refreshed automatically.
Prompt on Upload
When checked, the MT receives a prompt to confirm every upload.
Prompt on Unpend
When checked, you receive a prompt before a document is unpended.
Prompt Before Exiting
When checked, the MT receives a prompt before exiting EditScript MT.
Allow Automatic Bulleted Lists
When checked, the Automatic Bulleted Lists option in Word will be set to on. When
unchecked, this option will be turned off.
Allow Automatic Numbered Lists
When checked, the Automatic Numbered Lists option in Word will be set to on. When
unchecked, this option will be turned off.
High Priority Prompt
When checked, the MT is prompted when a high-priority dictation is downloaded
(recommended).
Show Red Rectangle
When checked, a red rectangle appears as the audio cursor.
IMPORTANT! Unchecking this setting will turn off the voice cursor in EditScript MT.
This is not recommended.
AutoSave
Check to automatically save documents at intervals specified in the Minutes Between
AutoSaves option (see below). This will ensure that there is a recently saved version of
the document in the event of a system crash or unexpected shutdown.
Cache Size
Specify a value for the number of dictations to keep downloaded on the local computer.
For instance, if 3 were specified (default), 3 dictations in addition to the current
dictation being transcribed would be downloaded on the local computer at all times.
EditScript uses this parameter to load the next report more quickly.
Note: This number should not be higher than 10. We recommend that this number
be set to 1 or 2 for Radiology.
Required Seconds
Specify an amount of time, in seconds, for which a dictation must be downloaded
before it can be uploaded without a warning. For instance, if 10 were specified
(default), a warning would be issued if the MT were to upload a dictation that had been
downloaded for LESS THAN 10 seconds.
48
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 1: Getting Started
Seconds to Wait for Split
Specify the number of seconds to wait before the Dictation ID of the next segment of a
split dictation is downloaded. For more information, see Splitting a Dictation in Chapter
4 on page 157.
Minutes Between AutoSaves
Specify a value, in minutes, for the interval at which an AutoSave will occur. Note that
this setting will only apply when the AutoSave option is checked.
Note: By default, EditScript MT will autosave your open document(s) every 1
minute. If you experience performance delays, set this option to save on a less
frequent basis.
Unlock dictations closed by ALT-N
If checked, when an MT presses ALT+N, the dictation will return to the general work
queue, and no changes made to the document are saved. If not checked, the document
will remain in the MT’s work queue, and will not be released to the general queue until
the MT logs out of EditScript MT (clicks the X in the upper right corner of the screen).
Always Display Instructions
When checked, the MT Instructions Control is automatically displayed when an MT
downloads a dictation with associated instructions. If unchecked, the MT simply
receives notification that there are instructions associated with the dictation. By
default, this option is off.
Note: This option should not be enabled often, but is useful for new
transcriptionists.
Days Instruction defined as new
Specify the number of days (this number must be between 0 and 99) that MT
Instructions are defined as new for the MT. The default is 3 days. When an instruction
qualifies as new, the notification for the instruction indicates that. The MT then knows
to view the instruction in order to see the new information.
Note: Any time an instruction is changed in EMon, it qualifies as a new instruction.
Tip: If you know that an MT will be gone for an extended period of time (e.g., on
vacation), adjust this option accordingly.
Maximum WorkQueue Size
Specify a value for the maximum number of dictations that will be displayed in the MT’s
work queue. The size will be adjusted the next time the queue is refreshed. If no value
is entered, it will default to 1500.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
49
Chapter 1: Getting Started
Always spell check before upload
When checked, as an MT attempts to upload a document in transcription or pending list
management mode, EditScript MT will automatically launch the Microsoft Word spell
check dialog. When the MT finishes the spell check and closes the dialog, the document
will continue to upload. If there are no spelling errors, the dialog will not appear.
Note: To prevent unintentional uploads, for example, if an MT cancels the spell
check to change a section of text, it is strongly recommended that the “Prompt on
Upload” option (also on the Transcription tab) always be checked in conjunction
with “Always spell check before upload”.
If you change this option from within EditScript MT, the change takes effect
immediately. If you make the change from within EMon, the change will be applied the
next time you log in to EditScript MT.
Force “Check spelling as you type”
When checked, the next time EditScript MT is started, it will turn on the Microsoft Word
“Check spelling as you type” option (if it is not already turned on). This setting will take
effect once per session. On logging out, EditScript MT will set MS Word's “Check
50
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 1: Getting Started
spelling as you type” option back to the value it had prior to logging in to EditScript MT
(if necessary). This option is visible in the Word options dialog in ESMT (Word Tools
>Options).
Note: This setting could still be overridden if an MT changes this value in the Word
options dialog while EditScript MT is running.
Changes to this option take effect when EditScript MT is restarted.
Prompt to view header in PLM mode
Specify the type of prompt shown if the demographics header has not been viewed for
a dictation in PLM mode. The choices are: No prompt – you are not prompted to view
the demographics header; User Chooses – you are prompted with a message asking if
you want to view the demographic header; User Forced – you are prompted with a
message stating that you must view the demographic header (press ALT+E) before
uploading the dictation.
Validate Dates on Upload
When checked, EditScript prompts you with a warning if the dates in the header are not
in the proper sequence. This option is only available in version 11 and higher.
Prevent dictation skipping
When checked, prevents MTs from repeatedly skipping documents that they do not
want to work on (either by pressing Alt+F4, Alt+N, or clicking X). This option is off by
default.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
51
Chapter 1: Getting Started
From the Foot Pedal page:
Pedal Bounce-Back
Specify a value, in seconds, for the distance at which the voice cursor (audio) will
rewind when the center foot pedal is released. Fractions of a second can be specified
using a decimal point (see example above).
Note: Changes to this setting will take effect when the next dictation is downloaded
to your screen.
52
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 1: Getting Started
Autosave and File Recovery
EditScript MT includes an autosave feature that can be configured to save your documents in
the background at a regular interval without causing interruption to your work. This feature can
be enabled in EditScript MT through the EditScript MT Profile Settings dialog, or by your
administrator in EMon, through your EditScript Profile>Transcription dialog page. When the
autosave setting is checked (on), you or your administrator can specify a number, in minutes,
for the interval at which your work will be automatically saved.
Enabling AutoSave in EditScript MT:
1
From EditScript MT, press ALT+O, or click Utilities> EditScript MT Option to display
the EditScript MT Profile Settings dialog.
2
Click the Transcription tab.
3
Click on the AutoSave check-box to enable the feature. Set the interval at which your
documents will be automatically saved by specifying a time in the
MinutesBetweenAutoSave field.
Enabling AutoSave in EMon:
1
Log in to EMon (administrators or MTs with access).
2
From the eScriptionist tab, search for the transcriptionist whose profile settings you
want to change. Select the transcriptionist’s name, and click the Profile button.
The EditScript Profile dialog for that transcriptionist appears.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
53
Chapter 1: Getting Started
3
Click the Transcription tab.
4
Click on the AutoSave check-box to enable the feature. Set the interval at which the
transcriptionist’s documents will be automatically saved by specifying a time in the
MinutesBetweenAutoSave field.
Retrieving your autosaved documents
When an autosave occurs, a copy of the current document is saved to the Temp folder in the
EditScript installation directory in the (*.sav) file format. This copy will contain any changes
that were made since the document was last saved.
When an unintentional shutdown of EditScript MT occurs, the program will automatically
load all autosaved files in the new session, and you can continue to work on them. To view
these files manually, however, simply navigate to the Temp folder in the installation
directory and double-click on a file name, or right-click and select Open from the fly-out
menu that appears.
54
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Learning the Interface
EditScript MT is built on top of Microsoft’s
Word program, and uses many of the same
components. As a result, the EditScript MT
interface should look quite familiar to you.
The purpose of this chapter is to introduce
you to the EditScript MT-specific components,
and to help you learn how to quickly access
the transcription tools you will use most
frequently.
2
Topics discussed in this chapter:

Identifying the Interface
Components

Header

Audio control bar

EditScript MT toolbar

Status bar
55
Chapter 2: Learning the Interface
Identifying the Interface Components
The EditScript MT interface is made up of several different components. At first glance, it is
very similar to the standard Microsoft Word interface, though you will notice a few additions.
The most obvious of these is the additional toolbar (C in the graphic below) that appears
beneath the header. The toolbar contains drop-down menus from which all EditScript MT
features are accessible.
When you download a speech-recognized dictation (ALT+U), a draft will appear in the work
area (D below). The patient demographic information that is associated with the report appears
in the header. The work area is where you make changes or, in the event there is no draft,
transcribe the report from scratch. By default, the work area is identical to the Normal
document view in Microsoft Word.
Note: When a dictation does not go through the speech recognition process, perhaps
because a speech model was not available for the dictating clinician, only the header will
be visible when the dictation is downloaded. No draft will appear in the work area.
In addition to Word 2003, EditScript MT also supports Microsoft Office 2007. The Word interface
in Office 2007 is strikingly different from older versions. The most obvious difference is the look
of the standard Word interface. For information on the new Word interface in 2007, please
consult Microsoft Office online.
IMPORTANT! Do not switch out of Word’s Normal view when using EditScript MT.
EditScript MT and Word 2003
A
B
C
D
E
A. Header B. Audio control bar C. EditScript MT toolbar D. Work area E. Status bar
56
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 2: Learning the Interface
Header
The EditScript MT header contains pre-filled patient demographic information based on the
information the clinician provides when she dictates. All headers have patient name, medical
record number (MRN), dictation information, and a visit grid. Your institution may also have
requested additional fields to be configured. When a dictation is downloaded in EditScript MT,
the first thing you will want to do is listen to the audio file and verify patient information.
For institutions with an ADT/Orders feed, the system will search for all visits or orders that are
associated with a patient’s medical record number. The results of this search are then
incorporated into the header, eliminating the need for you to perform a separate search for this
information, in most cases. For instance, the visit grid will show all recent visits associated with
the patient’s MRN. To select the correct patient, patient visit or order, you will rely on a variety
of information, such as patient birth date, attending physician, and/or patient type.
In addition, if your institution uses several different header configurations, EditScript MT will
automatically update the header when you change the work type.
By default, the EditScript MT header will appear as shown below when a dictation is
downloaded. The format of the header and the fields it contains will depend on your institution
and the selected work type. To reduce the header to include only the top two rows, use the
ALT+SHIFT+E shortcut. Press ALT+E to expand the header back to its full size.
Default header (when a dictation is open):
Gender
Patient Name
MRN
Work Type
Speaker Name
Birth Date
Business Entity
Procedure Date
Signing Clinician
Minimized header (ALT+SHIFT+E):
Audio control bar
The audio control bar appears beneath the header when Always Display Audio Dialog is checked
in your EditScript Profile, and whenever a document is loaded in EditScript MT that has audio
EditScript MT User Guide V10
57
Chapter 2: Learning the Interface
associated with it. To enable this option, click ALT+O, or have your administrator set this option
in EMon. From the audio control bar, you can view the percentage of audio played (audio
progress), track the current position of the audio versus the total duration of the audio file, and
adjust the volume and speed at which the audio is played. For information on adjusting the
audio controls, see Chapter 4: Listening to a Dictation on page 120.
To hide the audio control bar, press ALT+5, or from within the bar, press the ESC key. To redisplay the control bar once it has been hidden, press ALT+3.
EditScript MT toolbar
In addition to the default toolbars already in Word, EditScript MT has its own toolbar. The
EditScript MT toolbar contains drop-down menus from which every EditScript MT feature can be
accessed. In addition, several icons are available directly from the toolbar, providing immediate
access to certain features, such as playing silences, splitting a dictation, and creating a
document with no audio.
Tip: Remember to use EditScript MT mouse-free by using the keyboard shortcuts for each
feature instead of the mouse, when able. The use of shortcuts has been proven to
significantly increase transcriptionist productivity.
Audio menu
The Audio menu in the EditScript MT toolbar contains all of the dictation audio control options
available in EditScript MT (e.g., play, rewind, fast forward, increase volume). When you select
one of these options, the audio control bar will automatically display. To always display the
audio control bar when a dictation with audio is loaded, click ALT+O. In the Profile Settings
dialog, click the Transcription tab, and select Always Display Audio Dialog. Your administrator
can also set this option in EMon.
Menu:
58
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 2: Learning the Interface
Features:
ICON
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
Center foot pedal or
ALT+A
Plays the dictation audio.
Release center foot pedal or
ALT+P
Pauses the dictation audio at the current location of the
voice cursor.
ALT+D
Resets (rewinds) the dictation audio back to the beginning (before the Header).
Right foot pedal or ALT+G
Rewinds the dictation audio word-by-word.
Left foot pedal or ALT+F
Forwards the dictation audio word-by-word.
ALT+1 (display)
ALT+5 (hide)
Shows or hides the audio control dialog, allowing you
to monitor how much audio remains.
ALT+3 (decrease)
ALT+4 (increase)
Controls the volume of the audio.
ALT+1 (decrease)
ALT+2 (increase)
ALT+Z (normal)
Controls the speed of the audio. ALT+Z can only be
used when the audio control bar is displayed.
Editing menu
The Editing menu in the EditScript MT toolbar contains all of the common dictation editing
features that are available in EditScript MT.
Menu:
EditScript MT User Guide V10
59
Chapter 2: Learning the Interface
Features:
ICON
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
ALT+SHIFT+: (colon)
Inserts a colon (:) at the end of the word where the cursor is currently positioned. This shortcut automatically ensures that there
are two spaces after the colon, and capitalizes the first letter of
the next word.
ALT+. (period)
Inserts a period (.) at the end of the word where the cursor is
currently positioned. This shortcut automatically ensures that
there are two spaces after the period, and capitalizes the first
letter of the next word.
ALT+, (comma)
Inserts a comma (,) at the end of the selected word. The text
cursor does not have to be where you want the comma inserted.
If you use this shortcut while the text cursor is in the middle of a
word, the comma will automatically be placed at the end of that
word.
ALT+L
Capitalizes the first letter of the selected word and all other
occurrences of that word in the document.
ALT+SHIFT+L
Makes the first letter of the selected word lowercase as well as
all other occurrences of that word in the document.
ALT+K
Moves the text cursor to the voice cursor and highlights the word
automatically, allowing you to make the necessary edits.
ALT+SHIFT+K
Moves the voice cursor to the text cursor, useful when you need
to rewind to a specific word.
ALT+I
Displays the Contact dialog, through which you can insert a contact into the body of the document.
ALT+M
Displays the Insert Template interface, through which you can
select a template (or ‘normal’) to insert into the body of the document.
Dictations menu
The Dictations menu in the EditScript MT toolbar contains features that allow you to view your
work queue and upload and retrieve dictations.
60
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 2: Learning the Interface
Menu:
Features:
ICON
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
ALT+Q
Displays your work queue.
ALT+N
Closes the current document without saving it and opens the
next dictation in your work queue. The unsaved dictation returns
to your queue and is not released until you log out (click the X in
the upper right corner of your screen). This shortcut is not recommended.
ALT+U
Use the ALT+U shortcut to download a new dictation for editing
or transcription. The first time this shortcut is used, EditScript
MT will download three (the default) documents to your computer. The first of these, or the one that requires the quickest
turnaround time, will open in EditScript MT. This may take a few
moments.
Also use ALT+U to upload a finished document and download
the next from your queue. EditScript MT will automatically
replace that dictation in your queue, ensuring that there will
always be work for you to download. By default, three dictations
are waiting in your queue at all times.
ALT+SHIFT+U
Uploads the current dictation but does not download another.
Use this shortcut when you need to walk away from the program
or take a break. Because there is no dictation on your screen,
your line-count-per-hour meter will stop running.
Note: Dictations will remain in your queue until you exit
EditScript MT or until your Hours Before Unlock setting
expires (5 hours is the default).
ALT+SHIFT+A
Allows you to link an amendment to its original document.
ALT+SHIFT+!
Retrieves the next high-priority dictation from your queue (if
available).
EditScript MT User Guide V10
61
Chapter 2: Learning the Interface
Utilities menu
The Utilities menu in the EditScript MT toolbar contains options that allow you to attach a
pending note to the current dictation, view your own transcription metrics, set your own
EditScript MT profile options, search for dictations and transcriptions, access EditScript Online,
and pause EditScript MT.
Menu:
Features:
ICON
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
ALT+Y
Displays the Pending Note dialog through which you can enter a
pending note for the current dictation.
ALT+X
Allows you to view your MT metrics within a specified date
range.
ALT+O
Displays the EditScript MT Profile Options dialog through which
you can change foot pedal, transcription, and work queue settings on-the-fly.
ALT+SHIFT+right arrow
Search for completed and uploaded dictations.
Connects to EditScript Online (you may be prompted to enter
your User Name and Password).
Pauses EditScript MT when you are working on a document.
Word Tools menu
The Word Tools menu in the EditScript MT toolbar allows you to run or edit an existing macro,
customize your keyboard, manage AutoCorrect lists, and modify custom dictionaries.
62
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 2: Learning the Interface
Menu:
Features:
FEATURE
DESCRIPTION
Run or Edit macro
Click to display the Macros dialog in Word.
Customize Keyboard
Click to display the Customize Keyboard dialog in Word.
AutoCorrect
Click to display the AutoCorrect dialog in Word.
Word Options
Click to display the Word Options dialog.
Help menu
The Help menu in the EditScript MT toolbar allows you to view documentation for EditScript MT,
view information about your copy of EditScript MT, and access training information.
Menu:
EditScript MT User Guide V10
63
Chapter 2: Learning the Interface
Features:
FEATURE
DESCRIPTION
EditScript MT Help
Click to launch the online Help system for EditScript MT.
About EditScript MT
Click to display the About dialog for EditScript MT.
EditScript MT User Guide
Click to view the User Manual (PDF) for EditScript MT.
Feature Notes
Click to view information about new features available in this version.
Download Microsoft Debugger
Click to download Microsoft Debugger.
Training
Click to view relevant training information on demand.
Toolbar icons
The following icons are accessed directly from the toolbar.
Note: When you hover over the play silences icon, the tool tip text that appears indicates
how silences will be played after you click the icon.
ICON
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
ALT+S
Indicates that periods of silence in the dictation are being played rapidly
so that it appears that they are being skipped. In this case, you will not
notice silences while listening to the dictation.
See Audio silences in Chapter 4 on page 122 for more.
ALT+S
Indicates that periods of silence in the dictation are being played at normal speed.
ALT+SHIFT+6
Splits the current dictation into multiple reports with unique IDs.
Note: This option must be enabled in your EMon eScriptionist profile by an administrator.
ALT+SHIFT+8
Uploads the current dictation and allows you to create a new dictation
without audio.
Note: This option must be enabled in your EMon eScriptionist profile (Create Dictation Has Shortcut option) by an administrator.
ALT+SHIFT+7
Allows you to create a new dictation without audio.
Note: This option must be enabled in your EMon eScriptionist profile (Create Dictation Has Shortcut option) by an administrator.
64
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 2: Learning the Interface
Enlarging toolbars in Word 2003
Before you begin working in EditScript MT, you should make sure that you are comfortable with
the program interface. For instance, are the toolbars too small? Toolbars are one interface
component that can quickly and easily be changed using the steps below.
Steps:
1
From the menu bar, click on the Tools menu.
2
Click Customize.
The Customize dialog appears.
3
Click on the Options tab.
4
Under Other, select the Large Icons check box.
Status bar
The status bar is a horizontal bar located at the bottom of the EditScript MT interface. Messages
appear in the status bar to indicate the progress of an action (e.g., Downloading your next
dictation...), or to instruct which keyboard shortcuts to use (e.g., ALT+U or ALT+N retrieves
the next document from your queue).
Note: The status bar may include an MT Instructions notification icon ( ). See MT
Instructions in Chapter 4 on page 174 for more information on MT Instructions.
Example of an instruction:
EditScript MT User Guide V10
65
Chapter 2: Learning the Interface
Example of an action:
Track the progress of the
current action
When you download a dictation that has been split from another (see Splitting a Dictation in
Chapter 4 on page 157), EditScript MT displays a visual indication in the Status bar, displaying
the point in the audio at which the dictation was split.
66
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Learning the Microsoft
Word Components
3
As you have read in previous chapters,
EditScript MT is built on top of Microsoft Word,
allowing for a familiar work environment. In
addition, EditScript MT also shares quite a bit
of functionality with Word.
Topics discussed in this chapter:

Learning the Essential Word
Shortcuts
In this chapter, you will learn which Word
features can be used with EditScript MT to
create a powerful and productive working
environment. This integration allows you to
quickly and easily perform your day-to-day
transcription tasks.

Using the AutoCorrect Feature

Using the AutoText Feature

Using Custom Dictionaries
IMPORTANT! Do not switch out of Word’s
Normal view when using EditScript MT.

Updating Microsoft Word
67
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
Learning the Essential Word Shortcuts
Microsoft Word contains several keyboard shortcuts that will allow you to edit more quickly and
increase your productivity by a significant measure in EditScript MT. The Word shortcuts that
will be the most useful to you when using EditScript MT are described below.
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
Home
Moves the text cursor to the beginning of the current line.
End
Moves the text cursor to the end of the current line.
CTRL+Home
Moves the text cursor to the beginning of the file (top of the page).
CTRL+End
Moves the text cursor to the end of the file.
CTRL+left arrow
Moves the text cursor to the left, word-by-word.
CTRL+right arrow
Moves the text cursor to the right, word-by-word.
CTRL+up arrow
Moves the text cursor to the beginning of the current paragraph.
CTRL+down arrow
Moves the text cursor to the line below the current paragraph.
CTRL+SHIFT+left
arrow
Highlights text to the left of the text cursor, word-by-word.
CTRL+SHIFT+right
arrow
Highlights text to the right of the text cursor, word-by-word.
CTRL+SHIFT+up
arrow
Highlights the current paragraph upwards in the document, paragraph-by-paragraph. In the example below, the text cursor was before the T in “The” and the
shortcut was selected twice. The blank line above the cursor required one use
of the shortcut, the selection of the paragraph above that line required another.
CTRL+SHIFT+down
arrow
Highlights the current paragraph down the document, paragraph-by-paragraph.
In the example below, the text cursor was at the beginning of the line above
“ASSESSMENT AND PLAN:”, and the shortcut was selected twice. The line to
the right of the text cursor required one use of the shortcut, the selection of the
paragraph below that line required another.
CTRL+Backspace
Deletes text to the left of the text cursor, word-by-word.
CTRL+Delete
Deletes text to the right of the text cursor, word-by-word.
68
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
CTRL+C
Copies selected text to the clipboard (text must be selected first).
To comply with HIPAA regulations, you cannot copy text outside of EditScript
MT.
CTRL+X
Copies selected text to the clipboard and deletes the original.
CTRL+V
Pastes text from the clipboard to the current text cursor position.
CTRL+Z
Undoes the last action.
To undo shortcuts that perform multiple edits, such as Alt+<period> and
Alt+Shift+<colon>, you need to press Ctrl+Z twice. For example, in the case of
Alt+<period>, a period is added to the previous word, two spaces are inserted
after the period, and the next word is capitalized. Pressing Ctrl+Z once undoes
the capitalization, and pressing Ctrl+Z a second time removes the extra spaces
and the period.
CTRL+Y
Redo the last undo (repeats the last action).
SHIFT+F3
Toggles the word at the text cursor between the proper case (Boston), uppercase (BOSTON), and lowercase (boston).
Reassigning shortcut keys
The default shortcut key combinations that are assigned to features in the EditScript MT toolbar
can be quickly reassigned using the EditScript MT Shortcut Migration Tool that is installed with
EditScript MT. To use this utility to change a shortcut assignment, follow the steps below.
Note: All applications that use Microsoft® Word must be closed before the Shortcut
Migration Tool can be used. This includes EditScript MT.
Steps:
1
From the Windows Start menu, click All Programs.
2
Find and click on the eScription programs folder to expand its contents.
3
Select EditScript MT Shortcut Migration Tool from the fly-out menu.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
69
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
The EditScript MT ShortCut Assigner dialog appears.
4
To change an existing shortcut assignment, click Change Shortcuts. To import a
saved list of shortcuts, click Import Saved Shortcuts. The Import Saved Shortcuts
button is only used when you have upgraded to a new version of EditScript MT and
have a saved list of shortcut assignments from a previous version to import. Otherwise,
this option is disabled.
In this example, we will use the Change Shortcuts option to change the key assignment
of an EditScript MT macro.
5
Click the Change Shortcuts button.
The EditScript MT Macro List dialog appears. This dialog lists the icon and name for all
of the EditScript MT macros that can be re-assigned new shortcut combinations through
this utility.
70
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
In addition to the Macro List, you will notice that the standard Word Customize
Keyboard dialog also appears. It is through this dialog that you actually change the
shortcut key assignment for a macro.
6
7, 8
9
6
Review the list of macros in the EditScript MT Macro List dialog, then scroll the
Macros> Commands list in the Customize Keyboard dialog and select the macro you
wish to reassign. In this example, we select Rewind macro for reassignment.
7
Click inside the Press new shortcut key field.
8
Press and hold the keys that will be used for the new shortcut combination. For
example, press and hold the ALT and H keys.
9
Click Assign to assign the new key to the macro you selected. The new key
combination should appear under Current keys. In this example, we have assigned the
shortcut combination ALT+H to the Rewind macro.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
71
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
10
72
Finally, delete the old key combination (ALT+G in this example) so that it can be
assigned to another macro should you so choose. To do this, click on ALT+G in the
Current keys window. With the shortcut highlighted, click Remove. The ALT+G
shortcut can now be assigned to another macro.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
Using the AutoCorrect Feature
Like the shortcuts introduced in the previous section, Word’s built-in AutoCorrect utility is a
labor-saving feature that can be used to increase your speed, accuracy, and productivity in
EditScript MT. AutoCorrect is much like other abbreviation-expander programs (FlashForward,
ShortCut, PRD, etc.), in that it allows you to enter a word by typing only a few characters; for
instance, “hypn” for “hypertension.”
In addition, AutoCorrect can be used to automatically detect and correct typos, misspelled
words, and incorrect capitalization, greatly reducing the amount of time you spend editing a
document.
Note: Though we recommend that you use AutoCorrect with EditScript MT, AutoCorrect is
a Microsoft Word utility. As a result, Dragon Medical 360 | eScription is not responsible for
the support of this feature, outside of importing any automatic correction lists you might be
using.
You can access the AutoCorrect dialog through the EditScript MT toolbar by clicking Word
Tools> AutoCorrect. You can also use the ALT+T+A shortcut to open the AutoCorrect dialog.
Through the AutoCorrect dialog, you can configure the AutoCorrect feature so that it functions
just as you want it to.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
73
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
Adding AutoCorrect entries
Whether you plan to work from the default list of AutoCorrect entries in Word or import a
customized list from another correction utility, adding new entries to your automatic correction
list is easy. To add a new entry, follow the steps below.
Steps:
1
From the EditScript MT toolbar, click Word Tools.
2
Click AutoCorrect.
The AutoCorrect dialog appears. This dialog contains multiple tabbed pages.
74
3
Click on the AutoCorrect tab (default).
4
In the Replace field, enter the abbreviation for the entry. In this example, we are
creating an entry for “hypertension,” but we only want to have to type the abbreviation
“hypn” in our documents. The abbreviation is entered in the Replace field.
5
In the With field, enter the word you are creating the entry for, and that you would like
to replace the abbreviation with. In this example, we want to replace the “hypn”
abbreviation with the word “hypertension,” every time the abbreviation is typed.
6
Click Add to add the new entry to the list.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
Adding formatted entries
Follow the steps below to add autocorrect entries with formatting attributes (bold or italics, for
example).
Note: Formatted autocorrect entries can exceed 255 characters.
Steps:
1
Select and highlight the formatted text you would like to add to the AutoCorrect list in
Word.
2
From the EditScript MT toolbar, click Word Tools> AutoCorrect to display the
AutoCorrect dialog. Notice that the text you selected appears under With.
3
Click on the Formatted text radio button. Any formatting that was applied to the
selected text in the document will be reflected in the AutoCorrect dialog (see the
example).
4
Enter an abbreviation for the entry under Replace. In this example, where the
expansion text is “hypertension,” you would enter “hypn” for the abbreviation.
5
Click Add to add the new entry to your AutoCorrect list.
Importing your custom AutoCorrect lists
An AutoCorrect list is a set of custom correction entries. If you used automatic correction
utilities in the past, you probably used such a list. Custom automatic correction lists can be
easily imported into the Word AutoCorrect feature using the AutoCorrect Importer utilities
provided by Dragon Medical 360 | eScription. Once your lists have been successfully imported,
they will be available for use in EditScript MT.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
75
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
Importing from Dictaphone or ShortCut
Use the Dragon Medical 360 | eScription AutoCorrect Importer Tool to import automatic
correction lists that were generated by the Dictaphone or ShortCut expander programs. This
tool is automatically installed with EditScript MT, and can be launched via Start> All
Programs> eScription> Import Dictaphone or ShortCut AutoCorrections.
To use the AutoCorrect Importer Tool, follow the steps below.
If you need to import a list from another third-party expander utility, follow the instructions
under Importing from other word-expander programs on page 80.
Steps:
1
76
Close all open Word sessions. If Word is used as the default editor for Microsoft
Outlook, you will need to close Outlook. If you attempt to launch the AutoCorrect
Importer utility before closing Word, the following error will appear:
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
2
Go to Start> All Programs> eScription> Import Dictaphone or ShortCut
AutoCorrections. The eScription AutoCorrect Importer Tool dialog appears.
3
Under Source Expander, click on the expander tool to which the automatic correction
list belongs. For instance, if you are importing a list from Dictaphone, click on the
Dictaphone check box.
4
Click Browse.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
77
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
The Open dialog appears.
5
Browse for the automatic correction list you want to import, then click Open.
If Dictaphone was selected under Source Expander, the list must be in an *.ESP file.
If ShortCut was selected, the list must be in an *.SC file.
If you attempt to open a file with the wrong extension, an error dialog will appear.
When Dictaphone is selected:
Click NO to choose a different file. Click YES to import the file anyway (not recommended).
When ShortCut is selected:
Click NO to choose a different file. Click YES to import the file anyway (not recommended).
Note: AutoCorrect entries cannot contain a backspace. Entries that do contain a
backspace will not be imported.
6
78
The utility will import the list. You can track the import process directly from the
eScription AutoCorrect Importer Tool dialog; as shortcuts are imported, the
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
abbreviations and expansions appear in the Currently Processing section. The entries
in the imported list will now be available for use in EditScript MT through Word’s
AutoCorrect feature.
Unresolved expansions
Any expansions (entries) that could not be imported appear in the Unresolved
Expansions field of the dialog. An explanation for why the expansion could not be
added will appear in the Reason field. Unresolved expansions will need to be added
manually (see Adding AutoCorrect entries on page 74).
When full expansions are too large to fit in the Expansions grid, you can view the entire
expansion by double-clicking on the appropriate entry. A separate window will appear,
through which you can view the full expansion. From here, you can copy the expansion
and paste it in the AutoCorrect dialog in Word (Word Tools> AutoCorrect Options).
Backing up your Dictaphone or ShortCut imported lists
When an automatic correction list from Dictaphone or ShortCut is imported using the
Dragon Medical 360 | eScription AutoCorrect Importer Tool, a backup copy of the list is
made and saved locally on your machine. When you add entries to the automatic correction
list through the importer tool, you should create a manual backup. To do this, follow the
steps below.
Steps:
1
Close all open Word sessions. If Word is used as the default editor for Microsoft
Outlook, you will need to close Outlook. If you attempt to launch the AutoCorrect
Importer utility before closing Word, an error will appear.
2
Go to Start> All Programs> eScription> eScription AutoCorrect Importer.
The AutoCorrect Importer Tool opens.
3
Click on the Tools menu.
4
Select Backup.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
79
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
To restore the backup, select Restore from the Tools drop-down menu.
Backing up to a network
It is also possible to back up your imported automatic correction lists to a network location.
To do this, follow the steps below.
Steps:
1
From Windows, click on Start> Run. These instructions can also be followed from a
batch file.
2
Enter the BackupPath in the command line. For instance, if you wanted to back up
your correction list to a directory at E:\Temp, you would enter the following text:
AutoCorrectImporter.exe BackupPath=E:\Temp
A copy of your Normal.dot file and the file mso1033.acl will be saved to the specified
directory.
Restore
To restore a back up list, follow the steps above but substitute the text RestorePath
for BackupPath in the command line. For example:
AutoCorrectImporter.exe RestorePath=E:\Temp
Note: The directory path information entered in the command line for RestorePath
must match what was entered for BackupPath. For instance, if you entered E:\Temp
as the directory path during file backup, E:\Temp must also be entered in the
restore path.
Note: You can use the Scheduled Task utility in Windows to run a scheduled
backup of your automatic correction list(s) on a nightly basis. This is done using a
batch file.
Importing from other word-expander programs
To import a file from a third-party expander tool other than Dictaphone or ShortCut, you will
need the Dragon Medical 360 | eScription AutoCorrect Import Utility. This utility is available on
the customer Support Center under Utilities and Manuals, in the EditScript AutoCorrect Folder,
80
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
or via Start> All Programs> eScription> Import Non Dictaphone-ShortCut
AutoCorrections. To use this utility, follow the steps below.
Steps:
1
Go to Start> All Programs> eScription> Import Non Dictaphone-ShortCut
AutoCorrections.
The eScription AutoCorrect Import Utility dialog appears.
Remember: Windows Vista/Windows 7 and Windows XP will install EditScript MT to
different default installation directories:
2
OPERATING SYTEM
DEFAULT INSTALLATION DIRECTORY
Windows Vista, Windows 7
\Users\<username>\AppData\Roaming\eScription\ EditScriptMT
Windows XP
\Documents and Settings\<username>\Application Data\eScription\EditScriptMT
Click Import.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
81
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
The Open dialog appears.
3
Browse for the automatic correction list you want to import. This list must be a text file
(*.txt), formatted into two columns. The first column must contain the abbreviations;
the second column must contain the phrase that Word will substitute for that
abbreviation. The abbreviation must be followed by a space; it can have no embedded
spaces in it. You can provide formatting to the replacement text as follows:
Bolding: enclose replacement text with the characters: ^b
Underlining: enclose replacement text with the characters: ^u
Italicizing: enclose replacement text with the characters: ^i
4
Select the text file you wish to import, and click Open. In this example, we will open
the SampleAutoCorrectEntries list, shown below.
The utility will import the list. When it has finished, the Process Complete dialog will
appear.
82
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
5
Click OK.
The expansions you imported now populate the Replace and With fields. These
automatic correction entries will now be available for use in EditScript MT through
Word’s AutoCorrect feature.
Moving AutoCorrect entries between computers
This section explains how to move your Word AutoCorrect entries from one computer to
another, in Word 2003 and 2007 (be sure to follow the instructions in the appropriate section
depending on the version of Word you are using).
Word 2003
This procedure replaces an AutoCorrect entry on the destination computer that has the same
name as an AutoCorrect entry on the source computer. All other AutoCorrect entries are added
to the AutoCorrect list on the destination computer.
Note: The AutoCorrect utility is part of the Support.dot template and must be installed on
both the source computer (moving from) and the destination computer (moving to).
The Support Template is installed when you perform a complete setup. To install the Support
Template, follow the steps below:
Step 1: Install the Support Template
1
Click Start, then Control Panel.
2
Click Add or Remove Programs.
3
Click Change or Remove Programs.
4
In the Currently installed programs list, click your version of Microsoft 2003 (for
example, click Microsoft Office Professional Edition 2003), then click Change.
5
Click Add or Remove Features, then click Next.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
83
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
6
In Custom Setup, select the Choose advanced customization of applications check
box, then click Next.
7
In the Choose update options for applications and tools list, follow these steps:
8

Expand Microsoft Office Word.

Expand Wizards and Templates.

Click the More Templates and Macros icon, then click Run all from my
computer.
Click Update to install the Support Template.
Step 2: Back up your AutoCorrect entries on the source computer
Note: Backing up or moving AutoCorrect entries on/from the source computer does not
delete them.
1
Launch Word if it is not currently running.
2
From the File menu, click Open.
3
Change the contents of the Look in box to the following: C:\Program
Files\Microsoft Office\Office11\Macros
4
Click Support.dot, then click Open. If a warning message appears, select Always
trust macros from this source and then click Enable Macros.
If the security level is set to High, select the Always trust macros from this source
check box, and then click Enable Macros. The certificate that was used to sign these
macros is added to the list of trusted sources. If the security level is set to Medium,
you can turn on (enable) the macros without adding the certificate to the list of trusted
sources. Do not accept macros from a source that you do not know. To change the
security level or to view Trusted Sources, point to Macro on the Tools menu, then click
Security.
5
After the Support.dot file opens, click AutoCorrect Backup in the Word document.
The AutoCorrect Utility dialog box appears and displays the following text:
This program will allow you to back up and restore your AutoCorrect entries. Choose
Backup to create a Word document from your AutoCorrect list. Choose Restore to
restore an AutoCorrect list from a backup document.
6
In the AutoCorrect Utility dialog box, click Backup. You are prompted to save the
document.
7
Change the Save In box setting to the location where you want to save your
AutoCorrect Backup Document.
8
Click Save to save your AutoCorrect Backup Document.
9
Click Cancel to close the AutoCorrect Utility dialog box.
10
On the File menu, click Close to close the Support.dot template.
Step 3: Restore your AutoCorrect entries on the destination computer
84
1
Launch Word if it is not currently running.
2
From the File menu, click Open.
3
Change the contents of the Look in box to the following: C:\Program
Files\Microsoft Office\Office11\Macros.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
4
Click Support.dot, then click Open.
5
Click AutoCorrect Backup in the Word document.
The AutoCorrect Utility dialog box appears and displays the following text:
This program will allow you to back up and restore your AutoCorrect entries. Choose
Backup to create a Word document from your AutoCorrect list. Choose Restore to
restore an AutoCorrect list from a backup document.
6
In the AutoCorrect Utility dialog box, click Restore. The following message appears:
This will replace your current AutoCorrect entries with entries from your backup
document that contain the same name. Do you wish to continue?
7
Click Yes.
8
In the Open dialog box, select AutoCorrect Backup Document or whatever name
was assigned to the backup document, then click Open.
9
After Word finishes adding your AutoCorrect entries, click OK to the Restore Complete
message.
10
Click Cancel to close the AutoCorrect Utility dialog.
11
From the File menu, click Close. This will close the Support.dot template.
Workaround for AutoCorrect entries with several paragraphs
To prevent a problem with AutoCorrect entries that consist of several paragraphs, follow
these steps before restoring your AutoCorrect entries.
Steps:
1
Open the AutoCorrect backup file in Word. By default, the AutoCorrect backup file is
assigned the name AutoCorrect Backup Document.doc and is saved in the My
Documents folder. However, you should look for whatever name you assigned to the
file, and in the location where the file was saved (if different than the default).
2
Find the AutoCorrect entry in the table, and modify the entry so that all of the text is
contained within one table cell, as shown below.
Merge separate paragraphs for a single entry into one table cell
3
Delete any blank table cells that remain.
Word 2007
This section describes how to move AutoCorrect entries in Microsoft Office Word 2007 from one
computer to another.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
85
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
Unformatted AutoCorrect entries in 2007 Microsoft Office programs are stored in an
AutoCorrect list (.acl) file. The .acl file for the 2007 Office programs is located in the profile for
the user, at this default location:
C:\Documents and Settings\username\Application Data\Microsoft\Office
Formatted AutoCorrect entries in Word 2007 are stored in the default template file for the user
(Normal.dot), at this default location:
C:\Documents and Settings\username\Application Data\Microsoft\Office
Moving unformatted AutoCorrect entries (.acl):
1
Exit all 2007 Office programs on the source computer.
2
On the source computer, locate the following folder:
C:\Documents and Settings\username\Application Data\Microsoft\Office
3
Select the .acl files. The .acl files should have a name that resembles MSO1033.acl.
4
Copy the .acl files to an intermediate location that the destination computer can access,
such as an email account, floppy disk, or a CD.
5
Exit all 2007 Office programs on the destination computer.
6
On the destination computer, locate the following folder:
C:\Documents and Settings\username\Application Data\Microsoft\Office
7
Copy the .acl files from the intermediate location, and paste them to the following
folder:
C:\Documents and Settings\username\Application Data\Microsoft\Office
8
Start Word 2007.
Moving formatted AutoCorrect entries:
1
Exit all 2007 Office programs on the source computer.
2
On the source computer, locate the following folder:
C:\Documents and Settings\username\Application Data\Microsoft\Templates
3
Copy the Normal.dot file to an intermediate location that the destination computer can
access, such as an email account, floppy disk, or a CD.
4
Exit all 2007 Office programs on the destination computer.
5
On the destination computer, locate the following folder:
C:\Documents and Settings\username\Application Data\Microsoft\Templates
6
Copy the Normal.dot file from the intermediate location, and paste it to the following
folder:
C:\Documents and Settings\username\Application Data\Microsoft\Templates
Note: After you paste the Normal.dot file to the C:\Documents and
Settings\username\Application Data\Microsoft\Templates folder on the destination
computer, Word 2007 automatically upgrades the Normal.dot file to a Normal.dotm
file. This behavior occurs the first time you exit Word 2007.
7
86
Start Word 2007.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
Common AutoCorrect substitutions
REPLACE
WITH
abn
abdomen
anphys
annual physical
blpr
blood pressure
bx
bilateral
ccr
cancer
choll
cholesterol
curmed
CURRENT MEDICATIONS
dz
disease
famhis
FAMILY HISTORY
fowd
followed
fows
follows
gmot
grandmother
gfat
grandfather
hx
history
hpi
HISTORY OF PRESENT ILLNESS
medn
medication
medns
medications
nad
no acute distress
nl
normal
pmhx
PAST MEDICAL HISTORY
revd
reviewed
physex
PHYSICAL EXAMINATION
sohi
SOCIAL HISTORY
tpt
the patient
tness
tenderness
EditScript MT User Guide V10
87
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
Using the AutoText Feature
Word’s AutoText feature allows you to quickly retrieve and insert an item when needed with
just a few keystrokes. AutoText entries (known as glossary entries in previous versions of
Word) can be created for text and graphics that are not regularly used, or that you do not want
Word to insert automatically, like a standard business letter or corporate logo. This feature
operates much like AutoCorrect, except it allows you to decide when to insert content.
Creating an AutoText entry
An AutoText entry can contain text, graphics, or a combination of both, and can include
paragraph formatting, such as alignment, indents, and line spacing.
Steps:
1
Select the text and/or graphics you want to store as AutoText. To retain the current
paragraph formatting, include the paragraph markers in the selection.
Tip: When selecting a phrase to store as AutoText, include a space at the end of the
phrase when you create the entry. When you insert the entry in a sentence, the
space you would normally insert after a word will already be there. You can also
add punctuation instead of a space, if the phrase usually ends with either a period
or comma.
2
From the EditScript MT toolbar, select Word Tools> AutoCorrect Options.
The AutoCorrect dialog appears.
88
3
Click on the AutoText tab.
4
Under Enter AutoText entries here, accept the default name or specify a new name
for the AutoText entry. An AutoText name can include up to 32 characters, including
spaces. By default, Word will make the new AutoText entry available to all documents.
You can assign it to a template, however, by selecting the template name to which you
want it assigned from the Look in menu.
5
Click Add.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
Inserting an AutoText entry
Once AutoText has been created, it can be easily inserted into a document.
Steps:
1
Position the cursor where you want the AutoText to be inserted.
2
From the EditScript MT toolbar, select Word Tools.
3
Select AutoCorrect.
4
From the dialog that appears, click on the AutoText tab.
The AutoText dialog appears.
5
Under Enter AutoText entries here, scroll the list and select the entry you want to
insert.
6
Click Insert.
Editing an AutoText entry
It is often necessary to change the content of an AutoText entry. For instance, you may need to
change “The Company” to “The Corporation.” AutoText entries can be easily edited following
the steps below.
Steps:
1
Insert the AutoText entry you want to edit, following the steps under Inserting an
AutoText entry on page 89.
2
Make the necessary changes to the text and/or graphics.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
89
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
3
Select the content you just edited. To retain the current paragraph formatting, include
the paragraph markers in the selection.
4
From the EditScript MT toolbar, select AutoCorrect.
The AutoCorrect dialog appears.
5
Click on the AutoText tab.
6
Under Enter AutoText entries here, scroll for the name of the entry you just edited.
7
Select the entry, and click Add.
Deleting an AutoText entry
Follow the steps below to delete an AutoText entry.
Steps:
1
From the EditScript MT toolbar, select AutoCorrect.
The AutoCorrect dialog appears.
90
2
Click on the AutoText tab.
3
Under Enter AutoText entries here, scroll for the name of the entry you want to
delete.
4
Select the entry, and click Delete.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
Using Custom Dictionaries
When EditScript MT is installed, five custom Dragon Medical 360 | eScription dictionaries that
provide a comprehensive library of medical terms are added to Word. When used together,
these dictionaries contain a comprehensive and up-to-date list of terms gathered from various
medical dictionaries, as well as from additions submitted by transcription managers on the
EditScript system. Microsoft Word checks the spelling and grammar of words in an EditScript
MT document against these dictionaries.
The Dragon Medical 360 | eScription dictionaries should be sufficient for most transcription
work. However, Word has made it easy to modify custom dictionaries, allowing you to add and
remove words so that the dictionaries contain precisely the terms you need for your day-to-day
work. You can also easily create your own custom dictionaries.
Modifying a custom dictionary
Follow the steps below to add entries to or remove entries from a custom dictionary, such as
one of the medical dictionaries installed with EditScript MT.
Steps:
1
From the EditScript MT toolbar, click Word Tools.
2
Click Word Options.
The Options dialog appears.
3
Click on the Spelling and Grammar tab.
4
Click on the Custom Dictionaries button.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
91
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
The Custom Dictionaries dialog appears. Note the dictionaries that were added when
EditScript MT was installed: escription0.dic, escription1.dic, escription2.dic,
escription3.dic, and escription4.dic. Together, these dictionaries form a
comprehensive library of medical terms from A to Z.
5
Select the custom dictionary you want to modify, then click Modify.
6
In the dialog that appears, type the word you wish to add to the custom dictionary and
click Add. To remove a word from the dictionary, select the word you want to remove
and click Delete.
In this example, we want to add the word “Example” to the custom dictionary
“escription1.”
92
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
Creating a custom dictionary
It is sometimes useful to create a custom dictionary separate from those provided with
EditScript MT. Word makes it easy to create and add custom dictionaries. To do this, follow the
steps below.
Steps:
1
From the EditScript MT toolbar, click Word Tools.
2
Click Word Options.
The Options dialog appears.
3
Click on the Spelling and Grammar tab.
4
Click on the Custom Dictionaries button.
The Custom Dictionaries dialog appears.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
93
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
5
Click New.
Note: If you simply want to add a dictionary to Word’s dictionary list, click Add here
and locate the dictionary you want to add.
6
From the Create Custom Dictionaries dialog, specify a name for the custom dictionary
in the File name field. In this example, we have named our custom dictionary
“Test_Dictionary.”
7
Click Save.
8
In the Custom Dictionaries dialog, click OK.
Note: We recommend you check spelling as you type, not after you have completed
the document.
Customizing a dictionary to include medical terms
In addition to the five custom dictionaries installed with EditScript MT, other medical
dictionaries, such as Stedman’s Medical Dictionary, can be added and used during spelling and
94
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
grammar checking. This allows you to add the terms you need without creating a new, custom
dictionary or adding words one-by-one to the default dictionary.
Note: The dictionary you plan to add must be saved locally on your computer.
Steps:
1
From the EditScript MT toolbar, click Word Tools.
2
Click Word Options.
The Options dialog appears.
3
Click on the Spelling and Grammar tab.
4
Click on the Custom Dictionaries button.
The Custom Dictionaries dialog appears.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
95
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
5
Click Add.
6
From the Add Custom Dictionaries dialog, browse for the filename of the dictionary you
want to add. Select the file so that it appears under File name, and click OK.
7
In the Custom Dictionaries dialog, activate the new dictionary by placing a check mark
in the check-box to the left of the dictionary name. You can now spell check against this
dictionary in EditScript MT.
Backing up your dictionaries
Before modifying the custom dictionaries that are installed with EditScript MT, backup copies of
the originals should be made and stored to a safe location, from where they can be easily
retrieved. To create backup copies of these dictionaries, follow the steps below.
96
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
Steps:
1
Locate the original dictionary documents. By default, these are stored in the EditScript
MT installation directory.
2
Highlight the set of files. Click on the escription0 file. Then press the SHIFT key and
click on escription4.
3
Right-click and select Copy from the fly-out menu that appears.
4
Browse for a safe location (folder) to store the copies. Right-click and select Paste to
paste the files in the new folder. Remember where you store them so that they can be
easily retrieved if necessary.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
97
Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components
Updating Microsoft Word
To ensure your computer has the latest Word updates, use the Windows Update service, in
combination with Automatic Updates. Automatic updates will routinely check for and install
high-priority updates.
Finding your Microsoft Word version:
1
From Word, click on the Help menu.
2
Select About Microsoft Office Word.
The About dialog appears. The current version information appears at the top of this
dialog.
Automatically Updating Office 2003 and 2007:
1
Make sure that Automatic updates is turned on. Go to Start> Control Panel. Doubleclick Automatic Updates. The Automatic button should be selected.
Note: See your IT staff if this option is not enabled.
2
When an update is available, the following alert will appear when you log on to your
computer:
3
Click on the alert message and follow the prompts to install the update(s).
Manually Updating Office 2003 and 2007:
If you do not have Automatic Updates turned on, you can manually check for the latest
updates by going to: http://update.microsoft.com/microsoftupdate/
Click Express. Microsoft update will look for any important high-priority updates that are
available for your computer.
98
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Working in
EditScript MT
Once you have learned the program interface
and are familiar with the helpful tools that are
available in Word, you can begin using
EditScript MT to edit reports at a pace and
level of efficiency that will increase your
productivity dramatically.
4

Pending a Dictation

Attaching Pending Reasons to a
Document

Splitting a Dictation

Creating a Report without Audio

Addenda and Amendments

Taking a break from EditScript
MT

Viewing your Transcription
Metrics

Searching for a Previously
Uploaded Dictation

MT Instructions
Topics discussed in this chapter:

Important EditScript MT Tools

Using the Foot Pedal

Understanding the Work Queue

Retrieving and Uploading
Dictations

Listening to a Dictation

Editing Header and Contact
Information

Editing Dictation Text

Inserting Normals
99
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Important EditScript MT Tools
Before you begin editing and transcribing dictations, there are a few tools you should learn.
Chances are, you will use these tools frequently to do your day-to-day work in EditScript MT.
Use of these tools will be reinforced throughout the following sections.
Workflow shortcuts
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
ALT+U
Use the ALT+U shortcut to download a new dictation for editing or transcription. The first time this shortcut is used, EditScript MT will download three (the
default) documents to your computer. The first of these, or the one that
requires the quickest turnaround time, will open in EditScript MT. This may take
a few moments.
Also use ALT+U to upload a finished document and download the next from
your queue. EditScript MT will automatically replace that dictation in your
queue, ensuring that there will always be work for you to download. By default,
three dictations are waiting in your queue at all times.
ALT+SHIFT+U
Use the ALT+SHIFT+U shortcut to upload the current dictation, but not download another. Use this shortcut when you need to walk away from the program
or take a break. Because there is no dictation on your screen, your line-countper-hour meter will stop running.
Note: Dictations will remain in your queue until you exit EditScript MT or
until your Hours Before Unlock setting expires (5 hours is the default).
ALT+N
Use the ALT+N shortcut to close the current document without saving it and
open the next dictation in your work queue. The unsaved dictation returns to
your queue and is not released until you log out (click the X in the upper right
corner of your screen). This shortcut is not recommended.
ALT+SHIFT+!
Use the ALT+SHIFT+! shortcut to check for any high-priority dictations that
might be available.
Note: If your institution prompts you when a high priority dictations is
available, you will not need to use this shortcut.
ALT+Q
Use the ALT+Q shortcut to view the dictations that are currently in your work
queue.
ALT+X
Use the ALT+X shortcut to view your transcription metrics for the date range
that you specify. The metrics will include feature usage, average and median
lines per hour, and feedback on improving productivity.
Audio shortcuts
The most important audio shortcuts are those that allow you to control the speed and volume of
a dictation. The audio control bar appears beneath the header when Always Display Audio
Dialog is checked in your EditScript Profile, and whenever a document is loaded in EditScript MT
that has audio associated with it. To enable this option, click ALT+O or have your administrator
100
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
set this option in EMon. See also Listening to a Dictation on page 120. From the Audio control
bar, the following shortcuts can be used to adjust the audio settings.
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
ALT+1
Use the ALT+1 shortcut to decrease the speed of the dictation audio. This
shortcut will also display the Audio control bar.
ALT+2
Use the ALT+2 shortcut to increase the speed of the dictation audio.
ALT+Z
Use the ALT+Z shortcut to set the speed of the dictation audio to Normal
(indicated by the red “N” in the Audio control bar).
ALT+3
Use the ALT+3 shortcut to decrease the volume of the dictation audio.
ALT+4
Use the ALT+4 shortcut to increase the volume of the dictation audio.
ALT+5
Use the Alt+5 shortcut to hide the Audio control bar.
ALT+A
Use the ALT+A shortcut to play the dictation audio. This shortcut does not
automatically display the Audio control bar.
ALT+P
Use the ALT+P shortcut to pause the dictation audio at the current location.
This shortcut does not automatically display the Audio control bar.
ALT+D
Use the ALT+D shortcut to rewind the dictation audio back to the beginning of
the header. This shortcut does not automatically display the Audio control bar.
Note: If you get no audio or if the audio volume is too low, even when set
to Loud, check the volume control on your computer.
EditScript MT voice cursor shortcuts
The voice cursor in EditScript MT is a red rectangle that follows the pace of the dictation audio,
highlighting every word spoken by the clinician. The voice cursor acts as a visual cue, allowing
you to keep pace with the dictation audio without using your hands. Each time you stop and
start the audio using the central foot pedal, you can move the voice cursor back by the
specified number of seconds. See Pedal bounce-back on page 104 for more information.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
101
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
ALT+K
Use the ALT+K shortcut to move the text cursor to the word outlined by the
voice cursor. That word will highlight automatically, allowing you to make any
necessary edits.
If you react late, and the voice cursor moves beyond the word you wish to edit,
use the CTRL+left arrow shortcut to return to the word.
ALT+SHIFT+K
Use the ALT+SHIFT+K shortcut to move the voice cursor to the current
location of the text cursor. This is useful when you need to jump back to a
specific word but do not want to rewind to the beginning of the dictation.
To return to the location where the voice cursor was before you moved it, simply use the ALT+SHIFT+K shortcut again.
ALT+G
Use the ALT+G shortcut to rewind the voice cursor from the current location.
The voice cursor will highlight each individual word in the rewind path.
When the voice cursor returns to the spot in the audio you would like to hear,
simply use the ALT+A shortcut to play the audio from that point.
ALT+F
Use the ALT+F shortcut to move the voice cursor forward from the current
location. The voice cursor will highlight each individual word in the forward
path.
When the voice cursor reaches the spot in the audio you would like to hear,
simply use the ALT+A shortcut to play the audio from that point.
Editing shortcuts
Use the following editing shortcuts to save time while editing.
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
ALT+E
Use the ALT+E shortcut to edit the header through the Edit Header Information dialog. For more information on the EditScript MT header, see Editing
Header and Contact Information on page 124.
ALT+C
Use the ALT+C shortcut to edit the contact list. For more information, see
Adding contact (CC) information to the header on page 131.
CTRL+arrow keys
Use the CTRL key in combination with the arrow keys to navigate by a word
or paragraph (depending on the shortcut used).
102
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
ALT+. (period)
Use the ALT+period shortcut to insert a period (.) at the end of the word
where the cursor is currently positioned. This shortcut automatically ensures
that there are two spaces after the period, and capitalizes the first letter of the
next word.
ALT+, (comma)
Use the ALT+comma shortcut to insert a comma (,) at the end of the selected
word.
The text cursor does not have to be where you want the comma inserted. If you
use this shortcut while the text cursor is in the middle of a word, the comma will
automatically be placed at the end of that word.
ALT+SHIFT+: (colon)
Use the ALT+SHIFT+colon shortcut to insert a colon (:) at the end of the word
where the cursor is currently positioned. This shortcut automatically ensures
that there are two spaces after the colon, and capitalizes the first letter of the
next word.
ALT+L
Use the ALT+L shortcut to capitalize the selected word and all occurrences
of that word throughout the document. The text cursor does not have to be at
the beginning of the word you want to capitalize.
If you use this shortcut while the text cursor is in the middle of a word, the first
letter will be capitalized automatically.
ALT+SHIFT+L
Use the ALT+SHIFT+L shortcut to make the selected word lowercase, as
well as all occurrences of that word throughout the document. The text cursor
does not have to be at the beginning of the word you want to make lowercase.
If you use this shortcut while the text cursor is in the middle of a word, the case
of the first letter will change automatically.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
103
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Using the Foot Pedal
The Model IN-DB9 (serial) and IN-USB-1 (USB) foot pedals by Infinity allow you to play,
rewind, and forward dictation audio using 3 distinct areas on the pedal: left, center, and right:
The left pedal is used to
jump forward in the audio
The center pedal is used to play
the dictation audio and rewind by a
specified number of seconds
(bounce-back)
The right pedal is used
to rewind the audio the
beginning of the dictation
The serial model connects to the 9-pin serial
port on your computer
The USB model connects to the USB port
on your computer
Pedal bounce-back
The center foot pedal, in addition to being the audio play pedal, can be used to move the
EditScript MT voice cursor back (rewind) a specified distance when released. This is known as
pedal bounce-back. Pedal bounce-back can be changed in EditScript MT.
Note: The default bounce-back interval is .25 seconds. If you find this is too short of a
rewind interval, change it to an interval that is more helpful to you. This change will take
effect immediately.
Steps for changing the pedal bounce-back in EditScript MT:
1
Press ALT+O or click Utilities> EditScript MT Options to display the EditScript MT
Profile Settings dialog.
The EditScript MT Profile Settings dialog appears.
2
Press the TAB key twice (so the Admin tab is selected), and press the right-arrow key
twice to show the Foot Pedal tab.
3
Press the TAB key twice to specify a new value, in seconds, for Pedal Bounce-Back.
4
Press ALT+O to accept the changes and close the dialog. This change will take effect
immediately.
104
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Understanding the Work Queue
The work queue in EditScript MT is a window through which you can view the dictations (jobs)
that are downloaded and checked out to you to be edited or transcribed, as well as those that
are currently available in the common work queue.
Viewing the dictations in your work queue
To view your work queue, press ALT+Q or select Dictations> View Work Queue from the
EditScript MT toolbar. The Dictations in the Queue dialog appears. It shows the dictations that
have been automatically downloaded into your personal work queue from the general dictation
pool, and that are currently stored locally on your computer.
The number of dictations that are available in your work queue is determined by the Cache Size
in your EditScript profile, set by your administrator in EMon. For instance, when 3 is specified
(the default), 3 dictations, including the dictation you are currently working on, will be
downloaded on your local computer (in the background) and visible through your queue at all
times. This process ensures that work is always available for you.
To exit the queue and return to EditScript MT, press ALT+E or click the
icon.
Viewing the general work queue (pool)
In addition to viewing your personal work queue, you can view the general work queue, which
shows all dictations that are ready for transcribing or editing. Press ALT+Q or select
Dictations> View Work Queue from the EditScript MT toolbar. The Dictations in the Queue
dialog appears. It displays your personal work queue. To view the general work queue, click on
the View dictations in the queue/refresh icon
.
Note: The amount of time it takes to refresh and show the dictations in the general pool will
depend on the number of dictations that are available. This may take several minutes.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
105
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
To exit the queue and return to EditScript MT, press ALT+E or click the
icon.
Work queue toolbar (permission to view only)
For each dictation in the queue, you can view:

Speaker

Duration - the length of the dictation audio (in minutes and seconds)

Status - standard or edited transcription (see Understanding document status on
page 111)

Priority - the order in which you will receive the dictations
The keyboard shortcuts that are supported in the work queue are listed across the bottom of
the dialog.
Work queue permissions
The options that will be available from the work queue toolbar are determined by the work
queue permissions that are set for you in EMon. Most transcriptionists will only have permission
to view the work queue and revise the layout of the columns. The permission to view and edit
the work queue is generally only assigned to a few individuals at one site, and is set up on a
per-transcriptionist basis (see Setting work queue permissions through EMon
(Administrators) on page 114).
106
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Permission to view the work queue
The following features will be available from the work queue toolbar when you have been
granted permission to View the work queue.
View/refresh dictations in the queue
To view or refresh dictations in the general work queue:
•
Press ALT+V.
Or
•
Click the
icon.
The refreshed queue will reflect any changes that may have occurred to the documents in
the queue since you viewed them initially. The refresh option will clear any completed job
from your queue list, to help avoid duplicate work.
Click the down arrow beside the icon to display the following additional options:

View Only Unlocked Dictations - view only the dictations that are not locked to
another MT.

View Locked and Unlocked Dictations - view dictations that are checked out
(locked) to other MTs in addition to the dictations that are available to you.
Note: It may take a few moments to refresh the display, depending on the number of
jobs in the queue.
Return to editor
To return to EditScript MT for editing:
•
Press ALT+E.
Or
•
Click the
icon.
Revise the column layout
To revise the current column structure of the work queue:
•
Press ALT+R.
Or
•
Click the
icon.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
107
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
When selected, you can choose which columns to hide or display through the Choose what
columns to display dialog. Through this dialog, you can also determine the order in which
columns will be displayed from left to right.
Select and move column
names here to hide them
from view
Select and move column names up or down using
the arrows to determine their order in the queue
Permission to view and edit the work queue
In addition to the previous options, the following features will be available from the work queue
toolbar when you have been granted permission to View and edit the work queue (certain MTs
only).
Tip: The recommended workflow for the queue is to refresh the queue (ALT+V) and then
download and lock a dictation (ALT+D).
Download highlighted file(s)
To download highlighted files (from the general queue) into your personal work queue:
•
Press ALT+D to download and lock; press ALT+SHIFT+D to just download.
Or
•
Click the
icon.
Click the down arrow beside the icon to display the following options:
108

Download and lock file - Select this option to download and lock (check out) the
selected document.

Download without locking file - Select this to download the selected document
but not lock it. (By not locking it, the dictation may be available to other users.)
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Note: When a document is downloaded, the files associated with that dictation are
saved to the Downloads folder in the EditScript install directory
(C:\ProgramFiles\eScription\EditScript by default).
Check out (lock) highlighted file(s) for transcribing/editing
From the work queue, use this option to check out (lock) a dictation for editing. When you
check out a file for editing, it is assigned a status of Checked out for Edited Transcription. If
the dictation did not go through speech recognition, it will be assigned a status of Checked
out for Standard Transcription.
Note: Checking out a dictation does not immediately download it to your machine. It will
be downloaded when there is room for it in your cache.
To check out highlighted files for transcribing/editing:
•
Press ALT+O.
Or
•
Click the
icon.
Note: No two MTs can lock the same dictation at one time.
Unlock highlighted file(s)
Use this option to unlock a dictation from your personal work queue to allow another MT to
work on it. This will unlock or ‘release’ the dictation.
To unlock the selected document(s):
•
Press ALT+SHIFT+O.
Or
•
Click the
icon.
This does not upload the document if work has been done. You must manually upload the
document in order for the lines in the document to be credited to you. Unlocked documents
will be re-assigned a status of Ready for Editing or Ready for Transcription, and can be
downloaded by another MT.
When you unlock a dictation, the following prompt will appear. It is important to review this
prompt before continuing with the unlock procedure, as this action will prevent you from
uploading the file once you have transcribed it.
Note: All jobs that had either been checked out or downloaded to you are unlocked
when EditScript MT is shut down correctly (by clicking the X in the upper right corner of
your screen).
EditScript MT User Guide V10
109
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Edit the selected document
Use this option when you want to edit a document immediately. The selected document will
appear in EditScript MT for editing, and the work queue dialog will close.
Note: You must first download and lock the dictation
option.
before you can use this
If you already have a dictation open on your desktop, you will receive a message stating
that you can only work on one EditScript MT file at a time. You can then choose to close the
current file and open the next.
To edit the selected document:
•
Press ALT+W.
Or
•
Click the
icon.
Construct your own work queue
The ability to construct a custom work queue is helpful if you need to work on a specific set
of documents, such as all dictations relating to a particular patient or to a particular dictating
clinician.
Once you have selected your set of dictations, click
to build the work queue. If your
queue is successfully built, the following confirmation prompt appears. Click OK.
If this is not the first work queue you have built in the current session, the following dialog
will appear. Click Yes to combine the dictations in the new work queue with those in the
queue you previously constructed (recommended).
When you add a document to your work queue, it is assigned a status of Downloaded and
Checked out for Edited Transcription or Downloaded and Checked out for Standard
Transcription.
See Building a work queue on page 111 for information on building a work queue.
110
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Understanding document status
It is important to understand the various status types you will encounter while working in
EditScript MT. The status of a particular document can be monitored through the work queue by
looking at the Status column.
The common status types you will see in this mode are described below.
•
•
•

•
•
Ready for Transcription: the dictation has not gone through speech-recognition (no
draft available), but is available to be checked out and transcribed.
Ready for Editing: the dictation has been speech-recognized, and converted into a
draft. A draft with this status is available to be checked out and edited.
Downloaded: the document has been downloaded to an individual’s local machine. A
document with this status cannot be worked on until it has been checked out.
Downloaded and checked out for Standard Transcription: This status is associated
with a non-speech recognized document that has been added to an individual’s work
queue.
Downloaded and checked out for Edited Transcription: This status is associated
with a speech recognized document that has been added to an individual’s work queue.
Uploaded: the document has been completed and uploaded.
Building a work queue
Depending on your institution and work schedule, you may be given permission to manually
select the dictations you want to work on and build your own work queue. Generally, there will
not be a need for you to have to build a work queue. However, it can be helpful when faced with
any of the following situations:
Note: You will only be able to build your own work queue if you have been granted that
login privilege by your administrator. The permission is specified through your EditScript
profile settings in EMon (Login>View and Edit the work queue).
•
•
You need to edit/transcribe dictations associated with a specific dictating clinician or
group of clinicians, or need to exclude a dictating clinician or group of clinicians from
your work queue. Note that your administrator can specify the dictating clinicians whose
reports you will edit/transcribe through your Properties page in EMon.
You need to edit/transcribe dictations associated with a specific patient.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
111
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
•
•
•
•
You need to edit/transcribe dictations associated with a specific work type or a select
group of work types.
You need to edit/transcribe dictations of a specific priority assignment (usually those of
lower priority, since EditScript MT will automatically alert you when high priority
dictations are available).
You need to work only on documents that need to be edited, not transcribed (or the
reverse).
When there is only enough time to work on a specific number or duration of dictations,
and you want to avoid having to release downloaded dictations from your queue that
have not been completed.
Note: Adding dictations to your custom work queue does not lock them to you
exclusively. Other MTs can still work on these dictations, as EditScript MT will
automatically download the next available dictation for them to work on, whether or
not that dictation has already been added to a custom work queue.
Steps:
1
Press ALT+Q or click Dictations> View Work Queue, to display the Dictations in the
Queue dialog.
2
Click on the small downward-facing arrow
icon.
3
Press ALT+D to View Only Unlocked Dictations, or Press ALT+SHIFT+D to View
Locked and Unlocked Dictations, whether or not they are locked to another MT.
4
Select the dictations you want to add to your work queue. You will not be able to add
dictations that are already locked to another MT. To select multiple files, click on the
first file in the series, press and hold the SHIFT key, then click on the last file in the
series. This will highlight all of the files between the two.
next to the download and lock
To select files out of sequence, click on the first file, press and hold the CTRL key, then
click on the additional files.
5
Press ALT+Q or click on the Construct your own work queue button
.
If your work queue was successfully built, the following confirmation prompt will
appear. Click OK.
112
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
If this is not the first work queue you have built in the current session, the following
dialog will appear. Click Yes to combine the dictations in the new work queue with
those in the queue you previously constructed (recommended).
When you add a document to your work queue, it is assigned a status of Downloaded
and Checked out for Edited Transcription if the dictation went through speech
recognition (shown below), or Downloaded and Checked out for Standard Transcription
if it did not.
Working from a custom work queue
Once you have successfully constructed a custom work queue, you can begin working on the
dictations you selected by following the steps below.
Steps:
1
Press ALT+U (recommended) or click Dictations> Upload current dictation and
get next dictation from the EditScript MT toolbar to retrieve a dictation from the work
queue.
The Downloading your next dictation progress bar appears at the bottom of the screen.
EditScript MT downloads the dictation in your queue with the highest priority. After a
few moments, the dictation appears in the EditScript MT work area.
When a speech-recognized draft is downloaded, you will see the header information, as
well as the entire body content of the dictation. Dictation drafts require careful review
and editing.
When a dictation is downloaded that has not undergone speech recognition, it will
appear as a blank document or include only the header and dual question marks (??).
You will then be required to straight transcribe (type) the document.
2
Edit or transcribe the report, depending upon which method is required.
3
Press ALT+U (recommended) or click Dictations> Upload current dictation and
get next dictation from the EditScript MT toolbar to upload the current job and
download another.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
113
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
4
Repeat steps 2 and 3 for each dictation in your custom work queue. When all of the
jobs in your custom work queue have been completed, the following dialog appears:
Specify A New Work Queue
Select to return to the Queue dialog and build another custom work queue (see Building
a work queue on page 111).
Let eScription Choose The Next Dictation To Download
Select to return to the standard working mode in EditScript MT, where dictations are
downloaded in the order of their priority assignment.
Don’t Download Any More Dictations For Now
Select to avoid downloading another dictation. This is useful when you need to take a
short break, or exit EditScript MT for the day.
Setting work queue permissions through EMon (Administrators)
Administrators can configure your work queue viewing and editing permissions by following the
steps below.
Steps:
1
Log into EMon.
1
In the eScriptionist tab, select the MT whose permissions you would like to change.
2
Click Profile.
The EditScript Profile dialog appears.
114
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
3
Click on the Login tab.
4
Select one of the following radio buttons:
Hide the work queue: do not allow the MT to view the work queue in any mode, with
the exception of RDR mode. If the MT tries to open the work queue, a message is
displayed stating: ‘You are not allowed to view the work queue. If you need access to
the work queue, please contact your manager and ask them to change your
permissions’.
View the work queue: allow the MT to view but not edit the work queue.
View and edit the work queue: allow the MT to view and edit the work queue. This
will allow the MT to build their own work queue, and check out dictations for editing or
transcription.
To grant the MT Administrator privileges when she logs in to EditScript MT, select
Admin Privileges. This gives her access to the entire Profile Settings dialog (all tabs).
Note: This setting should only be enabled for users who are permitted to alter the
work queues of other MTs.
5
Click OK.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
115
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Retrieving and Uploading Dictations
Based on priority, dictations are automatically downloaded into your personal work queue from
the general dictation pool, and stored locally on your computer. These dictations are
Downloaded and Checked Out to you until you either finish them or release them back to the
general work queue by exiting EditScript MT.
When you instruct the program to retrieve a dictation, EditScript MT will automatically pull the
next dictation from your queue in the order of priority or turnaround time. For example, a
dictation with a priority of 2 will open before a dictation with a priority of 20. Once a dictation
opens in EditScript MT, you edit or type the document to complete it, then upload that
document and begin another.
Retrieving a dictation
When you log into EditScript MT, a blank document window appears, similar to what one sees
when they open Microsoft Word. This is where dictations will appear when they are retrieved
from your queue for editing. To retrieve a dictation in EditScript MT, follow the steps below.
Steps:
1
Press ALT+U or click Dictations> Upload current dictation and get next dictation
from the EditScript MT toolbar.
The Downloading your next dictation progress bar appears at the bottom of the screen.
EditScript MT downloads the dictation in your queue with the highest priority. After a
few moments, the dictation appears in the EditScript MT work area.
When a speech-recognized draft is downloaded, you will see the header information, as
well as the entire body content of the dictation. Dictation drafts require careful review
and editing.
When a dictation is downloaded that has not undergone speech recognition, it will
appear as a blank document or include only the header and dual question marks (??).
You will then be required to straight transcribe (type) the document.
Retrieving a split dictation
When you download a dictation that has been split from another (see Splitting a Dictation on
page 157), EditScript MT displays a visual indication in the Status bar, displaying the point in
the audio at which the dictation was split.
116
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Uploading a completed report
Once you have finished editing or typing a transcription, there are multiple ways to upload the
document so that you receive credit for your work. To upload a completed document in
EditScript MT, follow the steps below.
When you want to upload and continue working:
1
Press ALT+U or click Dictations> Upload current dictation and get next dictation
from the EditScript MT toolbar to upload the current job and download another.
If you attempt to upload a dictation without listening to the audio, the following prompt
will appear:
2
To stop the upload process and return to the current job, press the TAB key to
highlight No and press ENTER (or click No). Press ENTER (or click Yes) to continue
uploading the current job.
Note: You cannot upload a document while working offline. Any document that you
close while working offline, either by the “X” icon or by retrieving another dictation,
will be automatically saved for later upload.
When you want to quit EditScript MT or take a break:
1
Press ALT+SHIFT+U or click Dictations> Upload current dictation from the
EditScript MT toolbar to upload the current job without downloading another dictation.
2
Click the X in the upper right corner of your screen to log out of EditScript MT.
Note: Dictations will remain in your queue and be unavailable to other MTs if you do
not log out of EditScript MT.
For more information on taking breaks, see Taking a break from EditScript MT on
page 164.
Understanding STAT dictations
The dictations in your work queue have already been assigned a priority. Priority is determined
by rules that have been set up by your institution through EMon. These rules are used to ensure
that documents meet required turnaround time.
The priority that is assigned to a dictation depends largely on the turnaround time (TAT) that is
expected for a certain document. For instance, if the expected TAT at your institution is 2 hours
for a Procedure Note work type and 4 hours for a Letter, Procedure Note work types that were
just dictated would always have priority over new Letters. It is important to note, however, that
a 2-hour-old Letter would have the same priority as a new Procedure Note.
A job is considered STAT when it has been assigned a priority of 1 or 2. STAT dictations, also
known as high priority dictations, require immediate attention and should be transcribed before
all other dictations in your queue.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
117
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Note: At most, only 2 STAT dictations are allowed in a work queue at one time. This is to
prevent high priority dictations from being locked to a specific MT in the event of an
unexpected shutdown.
Retrieving STAT dictations (by prompt)
By default, a prompt will appear in the EditScript MT work area when a high priority (STAT)
dictation is available for editing. Whether this prompt will always display in such an instance will
depend on the High Priority Prompt setting in your EditScript Profile in EMon. If this setting is
turned off, this prompt will not appear. It is important that you know whether or not to wait for
this prompt or to manually download high priority dictations for editing.
The High Priority Level setting in your EditScript Profile in EMon determines which priority level
is high enough to cause the prompt to display.
Yes
Press ENTER (Yes) to download the high priority dictation immediately. The dictation
you had been working on will be saved automatically, and will be returned to you after
the STAT job is uploaded.
No
Press the right arrow key once and press ENTER (No) to place the high priority
dictation in your work queue and continue working on the current job. The high priority
dictation will be the next dictation downloaded by EditScript MT.
IMPORTANT! The only time No should be selected from this prompt is when you
are working on a dictation that can be finished within a few moments. Otherwise,
you should always elect to transcribe the high priority dictation immediately.
Retrieving STAT dictations (manually)
When the High Priority Prompt setting in your EditScript Profile in EMon is turned off (check
with your administrator), you will need to periodically check for high priority dictations that may
have entered your queue. To manually check for high priority dictations, follow the steps below:
118
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Steps:
1
Press ALT+SHIFT+! to check for the next high priority dictation in your work queue.
You can also click Dictations> Retrieve High Priority Dictation from the EditScript
MT toolbar.
2
EditScript MT will check for a high priority dictation in your queue and display a prompt
that will let you know if a high priority dictation is available.
Yes
Press ENTER (Yes) to download the high priority dictation immediately. The dictation
you had been working on will be saved automatically, and will be returned to you after
the STAT job is uploaded.
No
Press the right arrow key once and press ENTER (No) to place the high priority
dictation in your work queue and continue working on the current job. The high priority
dictation will be the next dictation downloaded by EditScript MT.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
119
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Listening to a Dictation
One of the first things you will want to do once you have downloaded a dictation is play the
audio. Use the following options to play and control the dictation audio.
Play
There are three ways to play dictation audio in EditScript MT:
•
Press and hold the center foot pedal.
•
Press ALT+A.
•
Click Audio> Play from the EditScript MT toolbar.
You will hear the audio begin to play. To change the volume and/or speed of the audio, use
the appropriate option(s) under Adjusting the audio controls on page 121.
Pause
There are three ways to pause dictation audio in EditScript MT:
•
Release the center foot pedal.
•
Press ALT+P.
•
Click Audio> Pause from the EditScript MT toolbar.
You will hear the audio stop. To continue playing the audio from the pause point, simply
press and hold the center foot pedal or use the ALT+A shortcut.
Rewind to the beginning (before the header)
To rewind, or reset, the audio back to the beginning of the dictation (before the header in
the document):
•
Press ALT+D.
•
Click Audio> Rewind Audio To Beginning from the EditScript MT toolbar.
To reset the audio to the beginning of the dictation after the header (patient demographic
information), use the CTRL+HOME and ALT+SHIFT+K shortcuts.

Press CTRL+Home to reset the text cursor to the beginning (after the header).

Press ALT+SHIFT+K to align the audio with the text cursor.
Rewind
There are three ways to rewind dictation audio in EditScript MT:
•
Tap the right foot pedal.
•
Press ALT+G.
120
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
•
Click Audio> Rewind from the EditScript MT toolbar.
Each use of these features will rewind the audio (voice cursor) back one word at a time. To
rewind back to the beginning of the document (before the header), use the Rewind Audio
To Beginning option (ALT+D).
Fast Forward
There are three ways to fast forward dictation audio in EditScript MT:
•
Tap the left foot pedal.
•
Press ALT+F.
•
Click Audio> Fast Forward from the EditScript MT toolbar.
This will allow you to jump forward in the audio (voice cursor) one word at a time
(depending on the current Pedal Bounce Back setting).
Adjusting the audio controls
The shortcuts listed below are used to adjust the controls available from the Audio control bar.
When Always Display Audio Dialog is checked in your EditScript Profile (press ALT+O and click
the Transcription tab, or see your administrator), the Audio control bar will appear beneath the
header whenever a document is loaded in EditScript MT that has audio associated with it. From
the Audio control bar, the following shortcuts can be used to adjust the audio settings.
To hide the Audio control bar, use the ALT+5 shortcut, or use one of the shortcuts below to
highlight the bar, then select the ESC key.
Speed Up
To display the Audio control bar and increase the speed of the dictation audio:
•
Press ALT+2.
•
Click Audio> Adjust Audio Speed from the EditScript MT toolbar.
Slow Down
To display the Audio control bar and decrease the speed of the dictation audio:
•
Press ALT+1.
•
Click Audio> Adjust Audio Speed from the EditScript MT toolbar.
Set Speed to Normal
To display the Audio control bar and set the speed of the dictation audio to Normal (the red
N under Speed in the Audio control bar):
EditScript MT User Guide V10
121
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
•
Press ALT+Z.
•
Click Audio> Adjust Audio Speed from the EditScript MT toolbar.
Volume Up
To display the Audio control bar and increase the volume of the dictation audio:
•
Press ALT+4.
•
Click Audio> Adjust Volume from the EditScript MT toolbar.
Note: If the audio volume is too low even when set to Loud, check the volume control on
your computer.
Volume Down
To display the Audio control bar and decrease the volume of the dictation audio:
•
Press ALT+3.
•
Click Audio> Adjust Volume from the EditScript MT toolbar.
Show Audio Progress
To monitor the progress and percent remaining of the dictation audio when played:
•
Press ALT+1 (or ALT+2 or ALT+3 or ALT+4).
•
Click on the Show Audio Progress toolbar icon.
The Audio control bar will appear, through which you can view the current position (of the
voice cursor), the total audio time, and track the progress of the audio.
Hide Audio Controls
To hide the Audio control bar:
•
Press ALT+5.
Autospeed
When the system sees that you consistently increase the audio speed for a certain dictating
clinician, it will increase the default audio speed for that clinician automatically. Likewise, the
system will slow down the audio speed when it recognizes a significant manual decrease in
audio speed. This process is known as autospeed. The purpose of autospeed is to adjust and
enhance the EditScript MT working environment to best suit your editing and transcription
patterns, and to save you from having to manually adjust audio speed in future sessions.
Audio silences
Some dictation audio contains momentary silences, or pauses, often due to the dictating
clinician pausing between thoughts. EditScript MT allows you to play these silences at normal
122
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
speed or to play them rapidly. When EditScript MT is set to play silences rapidly, it is as if they
are skipped and you should not be aware of them. By default, EditScript MT plays silences
rapidly in an edited draft, saving you time over a full workday of editing. It is important to note,
however, that because this feature relies on speech recognition, it, like the speech recognition
process, may incorrectly assume that a spoken word is a pause. If when listening to dictation
audio you think EditScript MT has skipped a word (or played it too quickly), turn the Play Silent
Parts of Dictation at Normal Speed feature on.
Note: The audio silences features are only available for dictations that have gone through
the speech recognition system.
Controlling audio silences
To change between playing silences at normal speed and playing them rapidly, use the
ALT+S shortcut or click on the icon. The following table explains the two states of the icon.
Note: When you hover over the icon, the tool tip text that appears indicates how silences
will be played after you click the icon.
Play Silent Parts of
Dictation Rapidly (default)
This icon indicates that the periods of silence in the dictation are
being played rapidly so that it appears that they are being skipped.
In this case, you will not notice silences while listening to the dictation.
This icon indicates that the silences in the dictation are being
played at normal speed.
Play Silent Parts of
Dictation at Normal Speed
Note: Occasionally EditScript MT will play a section too quickly to be understood. If this
happens, change to Play Silent Parts of Dictation at Normal Speed mode and replay the
section.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
123
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Editing Header and Contact Information
One of the most common tasks you are responsible for when transcribing a document is
verifying that the patient information is correct, and modifying the information when it is not.
When a dictation is downloaded in EditScript MT, the patient demographic information
automatically appears in the header, at the top of the program interface.
EditScript MT allows you to quickly edit and search for patient demographic information, and
manage the carbon copy (CC) information directly from the work area.
Editing the header
The EditScript MT header contains patient demographic information and other additional data
fields selected by your institution. The fields are grouped by patient information (e.g., name,
birth date, etc.), dictation information (e.g., work type, speaker, or whatever your institution
elects to include), and ADT information (shown in the Visit Grid).
When a dictation is downloaded in EditScript MT, the first thing you will want to do is listen to
the audio file that is associated with the dictation. The audio will begin with the patient
demographic information, which is automatically populated in the document header. As you
listen, it will be important to verify that the information listed is correct. Any information that is
found to be incorrect needs to be corrected by editing the header. EditScript MT allows you to
do this quickly, and without the use of your mouse. You can tab through the header fields or
use the available keyboard shortcuts.
Note: How you verify and modify the information may vary depending on the work type and/
or organization.
For institutions with an ADT/Orders feed, the system will search for all visits or orders that are
associated with a patient’s medical record number. The search results are then incorporated
into the header, eliminating the need for you to perform a separate search for this information,
in most cases. To select the correct patient, patient visit or order, you will rely on a variety of
information, such as patient birth date, attending physician, and/or patient type. In addition, if
your institution uses several different header configurations, EditScript MT will automatically
update the header when you change the work type information.
By default, the EditScript MT header will appear as shown below when a dictation is
downloaded, though the format and fields that it contains will depend on your institution’s
configuration and the selected work type. The header can be reduced to include only the top
two rows using the ALT+SHIFT+E shortcut.
Note: The instructions for working in the Visit Grid and the CC field are somewhat different
than the instructions for the rest of the header. See Editing the visit grid on page 129 and
Adding contact (CC) information to the header on page 131 for more information.
IMPORTANT! If you change a value in the header that affects MT Instruction criteria (e.g.,
work type), you must confirm the changes, log out of EditScript MT, log back in, and
download the dictation again in order to see updated instructions. See MT Instructions on
page 174 for more information on MT Instructions.
124
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Patient data
ADT data (Visit grid)
Dictation data
Steps:
1
After downloading a dictation (ALT+U), you can edit information in the header at the
top of the work area. Press ALT+E to place the cursor in the Patient Name field.
Note: Initially, ALT+E places the cursor in the Patient Name field. Subsequently, it
defaults to the last field that the cursor was in.
Tip: Many of the field names have a letter that is underlined. Press the ALT key and
the underlined letter to move the cursor to that field. See also Header shortcuts on
page 136.
2
To perform a search for patient information, press ALT+S or click Search.
The header screen changes to allow you to search by patient name, MRN, age, birth
date, and/or account number. Use the TAB key to navigate between the fields.
EditScript MT automatically copies the search value from the field in which your cursor
is located when you press ALT+S. For example, if your cursor is in the Patient Last
Name field in the header, the patient’s last name is copied to the search screen.
To perform a search for any of the data fields listed above, press ALT+S or press the
TAB key until the Search button is highlighted, then press ENTER.
Note: You cannot change the Patient Name or MRN without searching. If you try to
change the information by typing in the field, the dictation will pend.
EditScript MT will execute the search.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
125
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
3
When the Search Results window appears, use the up and down arrow keys to scroll
through the list of results. To select an entry, press the Spacebar key. Once you have
made the correct selection, press ALT+O to accept it and close the dialog.
The standard header screen will re-appear containing the new information.
4
To accept your change(s) to the patient information, click Confirm or press ALT+O. To
remove the change(s) and reset the header fields to the way they appeared when the
dictation was downloaded, click Reset or press ALT+R.
Example: Searching by MRN
Depending on the medical records system at your institution, you may be required to search for
specific patient visits or other specific information. In this example, we will search for Patient
Visit using an MRN that has already been provided in the header.
Tip: When the cursor is in either the MRN or Patient Name fields, you can press ALT+S to
copy/paste the information into the search screen automatically.
Steps:
1
From the EditScript MT editing screen, press ALT+E to enter the header.
2
Press ALT+M to navigate to the MRN field in the header.
3
Press ALT+S to automatically copy/paste the prefilled MRN number for use in your
search. This will also display the header search fields.
4
Press ALT+S or ENTER, to search by the MRN. When the search results appear, use
the up and down arrow keys to scroll the list of search results until you find the
appropriate record.
5
Press the Spacebar to select the appropriate record.
6
Press ALT+O to accept the selection and close the dialog.
The patient information you selected will appear in the Edit Header Information dialog.
7
To save this change and update the header, press ALT+O or click Confirm.
Missing patient data
There will be instances when some patient information, such as the medical record number
(MRN), or account number, is unknown or only partially known. For example, when an audio
file is uploaded from a handheld device through the IntelliScript Digital Voice Recorder
program, the patient associated with that audio is not recognized in the EditScript system until
you listen to the file and specify the patient name.
Temporary numbers
The EditScript system requires that patient records for your institution contain non-blank,
distinct medical record numbers. In the event that some or all of the patient data is missing or
unknown, we will automatically generate temporary numbers for MRNs and/or patient account
numbers. For instance, if you provide a patient name but not an MRN when transcribing a
dictation, EditScript MT will generate a patient record with a temporary MRN consisting of the
letter “T” and the dictation ID (T + DictationID). If you were to provide the MRN but not a
patient name, the system will search by the MRN and, if found, will automatically link the
126
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
dictation to the patient associated with that MRN. When the MRN cannot be found, a new
patient record will be generated with the MRN you provided and a name of “Person, Unknown.”
Note: “T” is the default character used in temporary numbers. Your institution can request
to change this letter if it conflicts with existing medical record numbers.
Creating temporary numbers in EditScript MT
When a dictation first enters the system, the MRN will appear as “Unknown” if it was not
specified during dictation. If you do not modify the “Unknown” MRN during transcription, a
temporary number will be generated when the report is uploaded. A temporary number can
be generated in EditScript MT for either of the following scenarios below:
•
•
MRN is “Unknown” - When an MRN of “Unknown” is specified for a dictation, assign a
Patient Name. This will automatically generate a temporary MRN and assign it to the
dictation.
Patient Account Number (visit code) not listed - When the patient account number
is not listed in the visit grid, you can press CTRL+T to select a temporary visit for the
dictation.
Verifying pre-filled header information
The speech recognition process allows for certain patient data to be entered automatically
based on information that is entered by the dictating clinician. Because this information appears
in the EditScript MT header when the dictation is downloaded, this is commonly known as prefilling the header.
The pre-fill procedure is optional, and the parameters by which it is configured can be
customized by your institution (see the examples to follow). For institutions that pre-fill patient
information, it is important for transcriptionists to verify the pre-filled data to make sure it is
accurate, and to ensure that the prefill procedure(s) that has been configured for your
institution is working properly.
In order to verify this data, you first have to know exactly what data is being pre-filled. It is
important for your transcription manager to clarify this with the transcription staff so that you
are aware of what to look for. In any case, it is good practice to verify that the MRN and
Account Numbers in any dictation are accurate.
In the following examples, one institution has configured their pre-fill procedure so that the
Account Number is entered automatically when the dictating clinician enters a patient’s Medical
Record Number (MRN) through IntelliScript, the program that receives and routes dictations by
telephone (Example A), and another has configured their pre-fill procedure so that the Date of
Service is automatically entered when the dictating clinician enters the Account Number
(Example B).
Note: Some institutions require clinicians to enter both the MRN and Account Number
during dictation, in which case it would not be necessary to pre-fill either field.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
127
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Example A:
The clinician dictates in IntelliScript, and enters the patient’s MRN.
The Account Number, configurable by Patient Class and/or Work Type, is pre-filled with the most
recent patient visit.
The transcriptionist verifies that the Account Number (most recent patient visit, in this example) is
accurate when she edits the dictation in EditScript MT.
1
2
3
Note: By default, the most recent patient visit must be within the last 28 days. This number
is configurable. If the system cannot find a patient visit within the specified number of
days, no pre-filling will occur.
Example B:
The clinician dictates in IntelliScript, and enters the patient’s Account Number.
The Date of Service is automatically pre-filled with the Date Dictated (date on which the dictation was
made).
The transcriptionist verifies that the Date of Service (date of dictation, in this example) is accurate
when she edits the dictation in EditScript MT.
Switching header formats by work type
EditScript MT allows you to switch from one header format to another based on the selected
work type; for instance, from Endoscopy Report to Radiology, as shown in the following
example.
Steps:
1
128
From an open dictation, press ALT+E to enter the header.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
1
2
3
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
2
Press ALT+W to jump to the Work type field. The drop-down box will automatically
expand when you start typing in the field.
3
Using the arrow keys, navigate the list of work types and press ENTER to select a
different work type (Radiology in this example).
4
Press ALT+O to select the Confirm button.
A warning appears.
5
To continue and change the header format, press ENTER, or click Yes. To cancel the
operation and leave the original header format, press TAB, then ENTER (No), or click
No.
Editing date fields
The header may include date fields such as Procedure Date and Service Date. The date’s format
is divided into three sections: month, day, year (mm/dd/yyyy). Use the left and right arrow
keys to move from one section to the next, and then the up and down arrows to increase or
decrease the value.
Tip: To enter today’s date, press t.
You can also use a calendar to select the date. Press ALT+down arrow. Then use the right or
left arrows to highlight the correct date. Press ENTER.
Editing the visit grid
The visit grid lists all visits associated with the patient’s MRN. In order for the dictation to be
uploaded, one of the visits in the grid must be checked. By default, the most recent visit is
selected. If this is not the correct visit for the dictation, you must search for and choose the
correct visit. In addition, you may need to edit some of the fields in the visit grid.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
129
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Selecting a visit
In order to upload the dictation that you are working on, a visit must be selected from the visit
grid.
Steps:
1
Press ALT+E to enter the header.
2
Press ALT+V to enter the visit grid.
3
Use the up and down arrows to navigate through the grid. When any cell in the line that
you would like to select is highlighted, press the Spacebar. A checkmark appears next
to the visit that you selected.
In the last line of every visit grid, there is a ‘T’, representing a temporary visit. Select
this visit (CTRL+T) if you cannot find the correct visit.
4
Press ALT+O to confirm your changes.
Editing a field in the visit grid
The fields in the visit grid with a yellow background can be edited. When you start typing in one
of these fields, EditScript MT will launch another dialog, from which you can select the desired
information (e.g., a date or a name). Once you have edited a field, it turns green. The steps
below describe how to edit the information in the visit grid.
Steps:
1
Press ALT+V to enter the visit grid.
2
Use the arrow keys to navigate through the grid and select the grid cell that you would
like to edit.
Note: You cannot edit white cells.
3
If you would like to clear the value in the cell, press F3. If you would like to edit the
value in the cell, begin typing.
4
Depending on the type of cell that you are editing, different types of dialogs may
appear:
If you are editing a date field, a calendar dialog appears. Use the direction arrows to
navigate through the calendar. When you have found the correct date, hit ENTER.
If you are editing a name field, the header screen disappears and is replaced by the
Contact screen. Use the Contact screen to edit the name of a clinician in the visit grid.
In the Enter Name field, enter the last name you wish to search for in the scroll list
130
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
(partial names are allowed) or scroll the list of contacts using the up and down arrow
keys.
Note: The first letter of your search will be lost when the Contact screen appears.
Be sure to re-type the letter so the search will be accurate.
To add a contact, select the contact name and press ENTER to insert it into the
selected contacts field.
To create a new entry, TAB to highlight the Create New Entry button, then press
ENTER. The Create Contact dialog appears, through which you can specify the contact
information.
To remove a name from the Currently Selected Contacts box, select the name, TAB
to highlight the Delete Selected Entry button, then press ENTER.
5
Once you are finished in the Contact screen, press ALT+O to apply the name listed
under Currently Selected Contacts. The background of the cell should now be green.
If you would like to return to the original value in the cell, press ESC.
Note: You can add only one name to each of the name fields in the visit grid.
6
Press ALT+O again in order to confirm the changes that you made. Press ALT+R if you
want to reset all values in the header to their original state.
Adding contact (CC) information to the header
It is often necessary for you to manually add carbon copy (CC) information to the header. To do
this, follow the steps below.
Steps:
1
Press ALT+C.
The header screen disappears, and is replaced by the Select Contact List Entries screen.
2
In the Enter name field, enter the name of the contact you wish to search for (partial
names are allowed), or scroll the list of contacts using the up and down arrow keys.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
131
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
3
To add a contact, select the contact name and press ALT+A or ENTER to insert it into
the Currently Selected Contacts field.
4
Press ALT+O to exit this screen.
The contact name(s) you selected appear in the CC: field beneath the header.
Removing a selected entry:
1
Press ALT+C.
2
To remove a contact from the Currently Selected Contacts list, select the name using
the up/down arrows.
3
Press ALT+D. Or press TAB to highlight the Delete Selected Entry button, then press
ENTER.
The name is removed from the contact list.
Creating a new entry:
If a contact to be added is not in the search list, you can add it using the procedure
below. Depending on your institution’s settings, this may cause the document to
automatically pend. If it does, an EMon administrator will add any additional
information about the contact and decide whether to permanently add the contact to
the search list (see below for more information).
1
Press ALT+C.
2
To create a new contact entry, press ALT+R. Or press TAB to highlight the Create
New Entry button, then press ENTER.
132
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
The Create new contact entry dialog appears.
3
Enter information for the contact.
4
Press ALT+O to create the entry and close the dialog.
The new contact appears in the Currently Selected Contacts list.
5
Press ALT+O. The name(s) you added appear in the CC: field beneath the header.
Note: This contact will only appear in this document. It will not be available to other
users when they search the contact list. To add a contact to the system, an EMon
administrator must check the ‘Add to clinician list’ check box when reviewing the
dictation, if it has pended. See the ‘Managing Dictations’ chapter of the EMon User
Guide for more information.
Expanded CC: list search
Turning on the More ways to Search CC List feature provides additional search functionality,
including searching by clinician specialty and using multiple fields to search for a clinician.
Note: This feature must be activated in EMon. Select Application Features from the Tools
menu, and check the box for More ways to Search CCList. Restart EMon.
The expanded CC list search allows you to search for clinicians in the contact list by any
combination of last name, first name, specialty, street address, city, state, or zip code. As you
type information into the search fields, the list of results will become increasingly shorter.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
133
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
For example, to search for a clinician whose last name begins with ‘m’ and whose specialty is
cardiology, you could enter ‘m’ in the Last Name field and ‘c’ in the Specialty field. The contact
list would display results for all contacts whose last name begins with ‘m’ and whose specialty
begins with ‘c’. To filter the results even further, you could enter ‘ca’ in the Specialty field. The
more information you enter, the narrower and more accurate the results.
Steps:
1
Press ALT+C.
The header screen disappears, and is replaced by the Contacts List screen. The top
section of the contacts list contains the search fields. This is where you enter criteria for
searching. Below the search fields is the results grid. It shows the results of your
search.
Search Fields
Results Grid
2
Enter search criteria for as many search fields as you want. The more you enter, the
shorter the list of results. Use the TAB key or the right arrow (>) to move to the next
search field. Press SHIFT+TAB to move to the field located directly to the left. Press
CTRL+UP (arrow) to select the last visited field.
You can also press ALT+SHIFT+[the column number] to go directly to a search field
(column). The fields are numbered from left to right, starting with number 1 for Last
Name.
Note: The Street Address field searches on the street name, not the number.
3
When you finish entering criteria, press the down arrow to enter the results grid.
4
Select the contact you want to add to the contact list. Use the up and down arrow keys
to scroll up and down the contacts list. CTRL+HOME moves the cursor to the first row
of the results grid. CTRL+END moves the cursor to the last row.
134
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
5
Press ALT+A or ENTER to insert the contact into the Currently Selected Contacts field
or click the Add Selected Entry button.
Currently Selected Contacts
6
Perform another search or press ALT+O to exit this screen.
The contact name(s) you selected now appear in the CC: field beneath the header.
Removing a selected contact entry from the contact list:
1
From the Contacts List screen, press CTRL+DOWN (arrow) to enter the Currently
Selected Contacts field. The first entry will be selected. Use the up or down arrows to
select the name you want to delete.
2
Press ALT+D or DELETE. Or press TAB to highlight the Delete Selected Entry
button, then press ENTER.
The name is removed from the contact list.
Creating a new contact entry:
If a contact to be added is not in the search list, you can add it using the procedure
below. Depending on your institution’s settings, this may cause the document to
automatically pend. If it does, an EMon administrator will add any additional
information about the contact and decide whether to permanently add the contact to
the search list (see below for more information).
1
From the Contacts List screen, press ALT+R. Or press TAB to highlight the Create
New Entry button, then press ENTER.
The Create new contact entry dialog appears.
2
Enter information for the contact. First Name and Last Name are required fields.
3
Press ALT+O to create the entry and close the dialog.
The new contact appears in the Currently Selected Contacts list.
4
Press ALT+O. The name(s) you added appear in the CC: field beneath the header.
Note: This contact will only appear in this document. It will not be available to other
users when they search the contact list. To add a contact to the system, an EMon
administrator must check the ‘Add to clinician list’ check box when reviewing the
dictation, if it has pended. See the ‘Managing Dictations’ chapter of the EMon User
Guide for more information.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
135
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Sorting the contacts list
Each search field (column) can be sorted by typing CTRL+[the column number]. To move
directly to a specific column, press ALT+SHIFT+[the column number]. The fields are
numbered from left to right, starting with number 1 for Last Name. For example, to sort on
specialty, you would press CTRL+3. You could also press the left mouse button from within
the search field heading as an alternate way to sort. The column will toggle between
ascending and descending order.
Note: The shortcuts for sorting are displayed in the status bar.
Column Numbers
Header shortcuts
The following table lists the shortcuts available from within the header.
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
ALT+E
Toggles the text cursor between the header and the document.
ALT+SHIFT+E
Reduces the size of the header, allowing you to see more of the dictation workspace (press ALT+E to expand it again).
ALT+P
Moves the text cursor to the Patient Last Name field.
ALT+M
Moves the text cursor to the MRN field.
ALT+W
Moves the text cursor to the Work type field.
ALT+K
Moves the text cursor to the Speaker field.
ALT+D
Moves the text cursor to the Procedure Date field.
ALT+S
Launches the patient information search dialog.
ALT+H
Launches context-sensitive Help.
ALT+O
Confirms any changes made in the header.
ALT+R
Resets the fields in the header to their original state.
ALT+B
Moves the text cursor to the Business Entity field.
ALT+C
Launches the contact list dialog so that you can search for and add contacts to
the dictation.
ALT+V
Moves the text cursor to the Visit Grid.
136
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Editing Dictation Text
In addition to the standard text cursor that appears in a downloaded dictation, a second cursor
is displayed when you play the audio file associated with a voice recognized dictation. This is
the Voice Cursor, a red rectangle that highlights each spoken word. This feature allows you to
visually keep pace with the dictation audio, and can be used to indicate the general location of
errors.
Voice and text cursor shortcuts
Using the two cursors (text and voice) and the dual-cursor keyboard shortcuts, you can make
edits to dictation text quickly and easily, without having to stop or pause the dictation audio.
Use of this feature in addition to the text cursor has been proven to increase editing speed
dramatically.
Move the text cursor to the voice cursor
Use this shortcut to move the text cursor to the word currently outlined by the red voice
cursor. For instance, if you hear a mistake in the text, press ALT+K to jump the text cursor
to the word being spoken. The word will highlight automatically, allowing you to make any
necessary edits. If you react late, and the voice cursor moves beyond the word you wish to
edit, use the CTRL+left arrow shortcut once or twice to return to the word.
•
Press ALT+K.
Or
•
Click Editing> Move Text Cursor to Red Voice Cursor from the EditScript MT
toolbar.
Move the voice cursor to the text cursor
Use this shortcut to move the voice cursor to the current location of the text cursor. This is
useful for rewinding or fast forwarding to a specific word. For example, a clinician might say
a word that you cannot understand, but later in the dictation, says something that clarifies
the word. Instead of rewinding the dictation with your foot pedal, you can move your text
cursor to the word and press ALT+SHIFT+K. Since the voice cursor is tied to the dictation
audio, the audio begins at the location of the voice cursor.
•
Press ALT+SHIFT+K.
Or
•
Click Editing> Move Voice Cursor to Text Cursor from the EditScript MT toolbar.
To return to the location where the voice cursor was before you moved it, move your text
cursor there and press ALT+SHIFT+K again.
Rewind the voice cursor by one word at a time
Use this shortcut to rewind the voice cursor from the current location.
The voice cursor will highlight each individual word in the rewind path. When the voice
cursor returns to the spot in the audio you would like to hear, simply use the ALT+A shortcut
to play the audio starting at that point. You can also do the same operation using the
Rewind option on the foot pedal.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
137
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
•
Press ALT+G.
Or
•
Click Audio> Rewind from the EditScript MT toolbar.
Forward the voice cursor by one word
Use this shortcut to move the voice cursor forward from the current location.
The voice cursor will highlight each individual word in the forward path. When the voice
cursor reaches the spot in the audio you would like to hear, simply use the ALT+A shortcut
to play the audio starting at that point. You can also do the same operation using the
Forward option on the foot pedal.
•
Press ALT+F.
Or
•
Click Audio> Fast Forward from the EditScript MT toolbar.
Basic editing shortcuts
Below are the basic editing shortcuts available in EditScript MT.
Navigate by word or paragraph
Use the CTRL and arrow direction keys to navigate the dictation text one word at a time, or
to jump to the beginning or end of a paragraph.
•
CTRL+LEFT ARROW moves the text cursor to the left word-by-word.
•
CTRL+RIGHT ARRLOW moves the text cursor to the right word-by-word.
•
CTRL+UP ARROW moves the text cursor to the beginning of the current paragraph.
•
CTRL+DOWN ARROW moves the text cursor to the line below the current paragraph.
Insert a period
This shortcut saves keystrokes when adding a period at the end of a sentence. It inserts the
period, and then automatically ensures that there are two spaces after the period and then
capitalizes the first letter of the first word in the next sentence.
To use this command, the text cursor must be in the last word of the first sentence, or in the
space between the two sentences.
•
Press ALT+(.) period.
Or
•
Click Editing> Insert Period from the EditScript MT toolbar.
Insert a comma
To insert a comma at the end of the word where the cursor is currently positioned:
138
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
•
Press ALT+(,)comma.
Or
•
Click Editing> Insert Comma from the EditScript MT toolbar.
The text cursor does not have to be where you want the comma inserted. If you use this
shortcut while the text cursor is in the middle of a word, the comma will automatically be
placed at the end of that word.
Insert a colon
This shortcut inserts a colon, ensures that there are two spaces after the colon, and then
capitalizes the first letter of the first word following the colon. To use this command, the text
cursor must be in the last word before the colon, or in the space between the last word
before the colon and the first word after the colon.
•
Press ALT+SHIFT+(:) colon.
Or
•
Click Editing> Insert Colon from the EditScript MT toolbar.
Capitalize all occurrences of a word
To capitalize the selected word and all occurrences of that word throughout the document:
•
Press ALT+L.
Or
•
Click Editing> Capitalize First Letter from the EditScript MT toolbar.
The text cursor does not have to be at the beginning of the word you want to capitalize. If
you use this shortcut while the text cursor is in the middle of a word, the first letter will be
capitalized automatically.
Make all occurrences of a word lowercase
To make the selected word lowercase, as well as all occurrences of that word throughout the
document:
•
Click ALT+SHIFT+L.
Or
•
Click Editing> Lowercase First Letter from the EditScript MT toolbar.
The text cursor does not have to be at the beginning of the word you want to make
lowercase. If you use this shortcut while the text cursor is in the middle of a word, the case
of the first letter will change automatically.
Edit the header
Use the ALT+E shortcut to edit the header through the Edit Header Information dialog. For
more information on headers, see Editing Header and Contact Information on page 124.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
139
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Edit the contact list
Use the ALT+C shortcut to edit the contact list. For more information, see Adding contact
(CC) information to the header on page 131.
Inserting contact names directly into the text
Clinicians will often refer to another clinician, or contact, while dictating. When the contact is
not known, or if you are unfamiliar with the spelling of the contact’s name, you can search for
and insert the proper contact directly from EditScript MT.
Steps:
1
In EditScript MT, position the text cursor where you want to insert the contact. Press
ALT+I or click Editing> Insert Contact Name from the EditScript MT toolbar.
The Select Contact List Entries dialog appears.
2
Enter the name of the contact you wish to search for in the Enter name field (partial
last names are allowed) or scroll the list of contacts. Select the contact name, then
press ENTER or ALT+O to insert the selected name at the current location of the text
cursor.
To delete the inserted contact, highlight it in the text and press CTRL+Z.
140
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Inserting Normals
A normal (template) is a text document that typically contains text that is common to multiple
reports. During dictation, the clinician may instruct the transcriptionist to use a specific normal
when they transcribe the report. Normals can be easily inserted into a document using the
Insert Normal feature in EditScript MT.
EditScript MT features two different interfaces for selecting and inserting normals. In addition to
the default interface (see Default method of inserting normals on page 141) used in previous
versions, a new, more streamlined web interface is now available. Through the new interface
(see Normals Chooser method on page 144), you can easily search for, display, and insert
normals from a window called the Normals Chooser. The Normals Chooser interface is a new
feature and must be enabled through EMon by your EMon administrator before it can be used in
EditScript MT.
Default method of inserting normals
Follow the steps below to insert normals via the default method. For instructions on enabling
and inserting normals via the new method, see Normals Chooser method on page 144.
Steps:
1
From EditScript MT, press ALT+M or click Editing> Insert Normal from the EditScript
MT toolbar.
The Template dialog appears. Templates residing in the default directory will appear
above the Load Template button.
To look in another directory, type (or paste) a new directory path in the Address field
near the top of the dialog, then click Go.
2
To select a template, start typing the template’s name, then press ENTER to select it,
or click the down arrow to view the list of templates. Select the one you want and click
Load Template.
Usually, you will know which templates to insert based on the clinician’s instructions.
For instance, if you saw the text, “Insert my anterior compartment mesh needle
procedure normal here,” in the dictation draft, you would look for and insert the
Anterior compartment mesh needle template.
A File Download confirmation dialog appears (unless you had un-checked the ‘Always
ask before opening this type of file’ setting).
3
Press the TAB key until Open is highlighted, then press ENTER.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
141
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
The template you selected will appear in the Template window.
4
Review the template content to confirm that it is appropriate. To insert the template
into the report as is, press ENTER (Yes). To make edits to the template before
inserting it, or to go back and select a different template, press TAB once so that the
No button is highlighted, then press ENTER. To navigate the Template dialog window,
use the left and right arrows at the top-left of the window.
When the template is inserted into the report, its content will appear at the current
location of the text cursor.
Some templates may contain fields with two question marks (??). This is placeholder
text, meant to be replaced by an actual value during the editing process. Use ALT+R to
quickly jump from one set of question marks to the next, ensuring you do not miss any
values that must be added.
Opening templates in same window as EditScript MT
Note: When you attempt to insert a template, it must open in the same window as
EditScript MT. If your PC is not configured to do this, follow the steps below:
Steps:
142
1
In Windows Explorer (e.g., open the Start menu and click on My Computer), click
on the Tools menu.
2
Select Folder Options.
3
Click on the File Types tab in the dialog that appears.
4
Under Registered File Types, scroll to find Microsoft Word Document (DOC).
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
5
Click Advanced.
6
In the Edit File Type dialog, make sure that the Browse in same window setting
is checked.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
143
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Normals Chooser method
The Normals Chooser interface allows you to easily search for, preview, and insert normals into
your transcriptions. The chooser is a web interface that is pre-populated with normals that
match information (e.g., business entity, speaker, work type) in the header of the current
dictation.
You can also search for a normal if you know its specific name.
Note: In the event your network connection is lost, EditScript MT will display the following
message when ALT+M is selected:
“EditScript has encountered communications errors while searching for applicable
templates for this dictation. You will now be redirected to a dialog allowing you to search for
templates without an internet connection.”
You will then be redirected to the default version of the template interface. See Default
method of inserting normals on page 141.
In order to use this method, it must first be enabled in EMon by your EMon administrator. If you
are an EMon administrator, follow the instructions below to enable this interface.
Steps for enabling the Normals Chooser interface through EMon:
1
In EMon, click Tools.
2
Click Application Features.
3
From the Application Features window, click to choose Use new template chooser
interface under EditScript/Client.
4
Click OK.
Steps for inserting a template via the Normals Chooser interface:
1
In EditScript MT, position your text cursor where you want to insert the template. Press
ALT+M or click Insert Normal from the Editing menu.
The Normals Chooser window appears.
If the Always show ALL check box is selected (the default), any normal with an ALL
value for the criteria in the dictation’s header will appear in the results list. For
example, if the Speaker field has the name ‘Smith’ in it, all normals associated with
Speaker Smith and all normals with an ALL value for Speaker would be returned.
If Always show ALL is not checked, the chooser shows only normals matching the
values for Business Entity, Speaker, and Work Type that are in the dictation’s header.
To change any of these values, TAB to the appropriate search field and start typing.
Press ENTER to select the new value. If more normals are available than can be
displayed, click Next or Back to toggle through the pages.
To broaden the list of templates, set the Work Type, Speaker, Business Entity, and
Order Type search criteria to ALL. For example, setting the Work Type value to ALL will
search for all normals with an ALL value for Work Type.
Note: The ‘Always show ALL’ check box is selected by default. To change the
default setting on an institution-wide level, see ‘Institution Settings’ in the EMon
User Guide. For institutions with many normals, setting this option to ‘No’ will limit
144
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
the initial viewing of normals and make it easier for MTs to find the normal they are
looking for.
2
Use the down arrow to highlight the template you want to insert.
3
If you want to preview the template before inserting it, press ALT+P. During preview,
the body of the normal appears in a separate window, from which you can insert the
normal directly into the dictation.
4
To insert the normal from the Normals Chooser or Preview window, press ALT+I.
The normal text is inserted into the document at the current location of the text cursor.
Some templates may contain fields with two question marks (??). This is placeholder
text, meant to be replaced by an actual value during the editing process. Press ALT+R
EditScript MT User Guide V10
145
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
to quickly jump from one set of question marks to the next, ensuring you do not miss
any values that must be added.
Note: When you attempt to insert a template, it must open in the same window as
EditScript MT. If your PC is not configured to do this, follow the steps in Opening
templates in same window as EditScript MT on page 142.
If you cannot locate the appropriate normal, press ALT+L or click Cancel to return to
the document.
146
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Pending a Dictation
While editing or transcribing a document, you may encounter certain issues you cannot
resolve; for example, the clinician’s voice is inaudible, their speech difficult to understand, or
you simply do not have all of the information that is needed for the report to be completed. In
such an instance, it is necessary to complete as much of the document as you can, and then
send it for review. This is known as pending a document. When a document is pended, it is
essentially put on hold, and cannot be completed until the cause(s) for the pended state is
resolved and the document is manually un-pended.
In version 10, there are two ways for an MT to pend a dictation:

Adding a pending note - press ALT+Y to display the Pending Note dialog. Here you
enter text describing the issue in the document. See below.

Adding a pending reason - new in v10, MTs and reviewers can attach pre-defined
pending criteria to a document (with optional, free-text comments). Pending
criteria are institution-wide conditions that can cause a dictation to be pended.
They are defined by administrators working in EMon. A pending reason is a unique
instance of a pending criteria, and can be created for each issue. See Attaching
Pending Reasons to a Document on page 151.
Adding a pending note
To manually pend a document by adding a pending note, follow the steps below.
Steps:
1
From an open dictation in EditScript MT, press ALT+Y or click Utilities> Add Pending
Note from the EditScript MT toolbar to display the Pending Note dialog.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
147
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
2
Enter a pending note. In this example, the note “No text in document” has been
entered. To clear text from the Pending Note field, press ALT+R, or click Clear
Pending Note.
ALT+R
3
ALT+O
ALT+L
To save the pending note you have entered, press ALT+O or click OK. To cancel the
operation, press ALT+L or click Cancel.
You can open and modify the pending note as often as necessary until you upload the
dictation. Once uploaded, it will enter the pended queue.
Understanding auto-pend messages
Your transcription manager or administrator can configure the system through EMon so that
documents will pend automatically based on a set of parameters, known as validation rules.
Note: You must have permission to Pending List Management mode in EditScript MT in
order to view and resolve documents in the pending list.
Below is a list of the standard scenarios that will cause an uploaded document to pend
automatically.
•
Patient is an Unknown Person
•
Missing HL7 Data at Upload Time
•
Invalid Orders Selected
•
No Service Date has been Specified
•
Validation Error: Surgery Date or Visit Date Not Correct
148
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
•
Unsuccessfully attempted to change Patient Name: from LastName, FirstName to
OtherLastName, OtherFirstName
•
No patient visit selected
•
No text in document
•
Speaker is an unknown person
•
Medical Record Number (MRN) is unknown, No Medical Record Number (MRN) selected
•
Work type is unknown, Work type has not been set by the transcriptionist
•
Service date does not match visit admit and discharge dates
•
Business entity/work type code has not been configured
•
Document text contains one or more blanks (5 underscores or more)
•
Document text contains three or more blanks (5 underscores or more)
Note: In most cases, a blank in EditScript MT is defined as 5 (or more) underscores.
If 10 underscores are used for one blank, the system sees it as two blanks.
•
More than a specific amount of blanks found in document
•
Business entity export code has not been configured
•
Work type export code has not been configured
•
There is already a dictation associated with that order number
•
No signing physician selected, No attending physician selected
•
Medical Record Number (MRN) is a temporary, system-generated value
•
Patient account number is a temporary, system-generated value
•
Associated order has inappropriate status
•
Associated orders have incompatible status
•
No business entity selected
•
•
The business entity export code does not match the facility code in the associated
patient visit
The document must be pended at least once
EditScript MT User Guide V10
149
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
•
The document text is always pended
•
Associated orders have different order groups
•
No associated order selected
150
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Attaching Pending Reasons to a Document
New functionality in v10 allows transcriptionists in Transcription mode and reviewers in Pending
List Management (PLM) mode to attach pre-defined pending criteria to a document (with
optional, free-text comments). Pending criteria are institution-wide conditions that can cause a
dictation to be pended, and are defined by administrators working in EMon.
Currently documents are pended by adding a single, free-text pending note to a document. If
there are multiple problems with a document, all problems must be listed together in the note.
Now, a pending reason—a unique instance of a pending criteria—can be created for each issue.
Pending reasons are used in conjunction with pending document tasks (PDTs), a collection of
pending criteria that control the routing of pended documents to reviewers who specialize in
resolving certain types of issues. See the EMon User Guide v10 for more information.
To use this functionality, an administrator in EMon must have enabled the Use Enhanced
Pending List Management and Enhanced MT Review Features options in the Application
Features dialog.
Pending Reason grid
To attach a pending reason, new shortcuts and menu items are available on the new Pending
Reasons menu (see Pending Reasons menu options: on page 153). Any pending reasons you
attach are displayed in a grid above the document. When you download a document in
Transcription mode, the standard EditScript MT header will initially be displayed. To display the
header with the Pending Reason grid, press ALT+SHIFT+P.
In Pending List Management mode, EditScript MT initially displays the QA header with the
Pending Reason and MT Review grids when it loads a document. If you want to hide the MT
EditScript MT User Guide V10
151
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Review grid, press ALT+SHIFT+M or select Toggle MT Review Display from the MT Review
menu.
The Pending Reason grid contains the following information:
Column
Description
#
A numeric identifier that uniquely identifies this pending reason
within the context of this document (read-only).
Pending Reason
A drop-down list showing the pending criteria description for the
pending reason.
Entered by
The name of the MT who added the pending reason (read-only).
This is the name entered for the MT in the Properties dialog in
EMon.
Resolved by
The name of the MT who resolved the pending reason. This is the
name entered for the MT in the Properties dialog in EMon.
This column is blank if the pending reason has not yet been
resolved (read-only).
Comment
A comment associated with the pending reason.
Attaching pending reasons
There are two ways to add a pending reason to a document:
•
•
152
In-text - you add a pending reason directly in the document at the spot where the
problem occurs.
Header or General - when the reason for pending is in the header, or if want to make a
general comment about the document, you add the pending reason to the header.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
To attach pending reasons, use the shortcuts shown on the new Pending Reasons menu.
Pending Reasons menu options:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
ALT+SHIFT+V - Add In-text Pending Reason - Displays the Pending Reason dropdown list, allowing you to select a pending criteria. Also displays the QA header if it is
not already displayed. Once you select an item from the list, the focus will move to the
header.
ALT+SHIFT+N - Add Pending Reason in Grid Only - Moves the focus to the
‘Pending Reason’ column of the first empty row in the Pending Reason grid. Displays the
QA header if it is not already displayed.
ALT+SHIFT+P - Move Cursor to Pending Reason Grid - Moves the focus to and
from the Pending Reason grid. Displays the QA header if it is not already displayed.
ALT+SHIFT+B - Add Comment to Last Pending Reason - Moves focus to the
‘Comments’ column of the last row that was added in the Pending Reason grid. Displays
the QA header if it is not already displayed.
CTRL+SHIFT+> - Highlight Next Revision - Highlights the next markup revision in
the document. This goes to the next revision regardless of whether it is regular text
changes, an MT Review code, or a pending reason.
CTRL+SHIFT+< - Highlight Previous Revision - Highlights the previous markup
revision in the document. This goes to the previous revision regardless of whether it is
regular text changes, an MT Review code, or a pending reason.
CTRL+SHIFT+? - Undo Selected Revision - Removes the selected revision. This
could be regular text changes, an MT Review code, or a pending reason. If it is an MT
Review code or pending reason, the markup is removed from the document, but the
error or reason is left in the grid. Note: It is not recommended to do this.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
153
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
•
•
•
•
•
ALT+SHIFT+H - Show All Revisions - Allows you to select between showing only the
reviewee and reviewer’s markup, as in v9, or showing all markup (markup done by all
transcriptionists, including markup for deletions).
ALT+] - Highlight Next Pending Reason - Highlights the next pending reason in the
document (as opposed to regular text changes or an MT Review code).
ALT+[ - Highlight Previous Pending Reason - Highlights the previous pending
reason in the document (as opposed to regular text changes or an MT Review code).
ALT+SHIFT+J - Toggle Pending Reason Display - Toggles on or off the display of
the Pending Reason grid and its associated bookmarks in the document. If the Pending
Reason grid is toggled off (hidden), then invoking a pending reason feature will cause
the grid to be toggled on (redisplayed). This shortcut is not available in Transcription
and Pending List Management modes.
ALT+SHIFT+G - Resolve Selected Pending Reason - Resolves or unresolves the
selected pending reason. The pending reason can be selected in the grid or in the
document. ‘Resolving’ a newly added pending reason will delete it (removing the item
from the grid and its markup from the document).
Adding an in-text pending reason
To insert a pending reason associated with a position in the document, follow the steps below.
Steps:
1
Log in to Transcription or Pending List Management mode and download a document.
2
Place your cursor at the location of the issue, and press ALT+SHIFT+V.
The Pending Reason grid appears (if it is not displayed already), and a drop-down box
will pop up next to the cursor.
3
Select one of the pre-defined pending criteria from the drop-down box, or start typing it
in. Press ENTER to select it.
The markup associated with the pending reason appears in the document. Pending
reason bookmarks are shown with blue shading in the document. The pending reason is
also added to the Pending Reason grid.
To cancel adding the pending reason, press ESC or click elsewhere in the document.
154
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
The screen shot below shows a pending reason shaded in blue. The markups in red,
without the shading, are revisions made to the actual text of the document. (The color
of markups is determined by Word.)
4
To add a comment in the Pending Reason grid, press ALT+SHIFT+B. The cursor
moves to the Comments column in the grid (for the pending reason you just added).
Enter your comment. Press ALT+SHIFT+P to move the cursor back to the document.
Adding a pending reason in the header grid only
General comments or issues found in the standard EditScript MT header do not correspond to
any particular place in the document. These issues are entered directly into the Pending Reason
grid.
Steps:
1
Log in to Transcription or Pending List Management mode and download a document.
2
Press ALT+SHIFT+N or select Add Pending Reason in Grid Only from the Pending
Reasons menu. Or, click in the next available row in the Pending Reason grid.
The cursor moves to a new row in the Pending Reason grid.
3
Select a pending reason from the Pending Reasons drop-down.
4
Enter a comment (optional).
The new reason and comment appear in the grid. No markup appears in the document.
Selecting a bookmark
Moving the focus to a row in either the Pending Reason grid or the MT Review grid (if visible)
that has an associated bookmark in the document will cause that bookmark to be scrolled into
view and selected.
Deleting a pending reason
If you have added a pending reason to the grid, and then realize it is incorrect, you may delete
it. Deleting a pending reason removes it from the Pending Reason grid and removes any
associated bookmark that might have been added to the document when the pending reason
was created. This only works for pending reasons you added in this session. Once a pending
reason has been uploaded with a document, it can no longer be deleted - it must be deleted
during the current editing session.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
155
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Steps:
1
Place the cursor where the issue occurs in the document.
2
Types ALT+SHIFT+G to automatically 'resolve' or delete the pending reason from the
grid.
or
1
Highlight the entire row to be deleted in the Pending Reason grid.
2
Press the DELETE key.
You will be prompted to confirm the deletion.
The header row is deleted and the pending reason bookmark in the document is also
deleted.
Uploading a document with pending reasons attached to it
After you have added pending reasons, and are finished with the document, follow the steps
below to upload it.
Steps:
1
Press ALT+U.
A prompt appears asking if you want to pend the document.
2
Press ENTER (or click Yes) to upload and pend the document.
Pending reasons can then be resolved by reviewers working in Pending List
Management mode (see Working with Pending Reasons in Chapter 6 on page 230).
156
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Splitting a Dictation
In the event that a voice file contains multiple dictations, EditScript MT allows you to split the
dictation, creating multiple reports, each with a unique ID. The process by which you split a
dictation will depend on whether or not the dictation has gone through the speech recognition
system. To split a dictation, follow the appropriate set of steps below.
Note: You cannot split a dictation at the end of an audio file.
Splitting a speech-recognized draft
Follow the steps below to split a draft that has been processed through speech recognition.
Steps:
1
Navigate the text cursor to the end of the first report.
2
Press ALT+SHIFT+6 or click on the Split Dictation toolbar icon
.
Note: In order to use the ALT+SHIFT+6 shortcut, it must be enabled in your EMon
eScriptionist profile by an administrator.
3
The text above the text cursor position will highlight, and a message prompt will
appear. To split the dictation at the current location, press ENTER (Yes). To go back
and select a new position for the split, press the TAB key so that No is highlighted,
then press ENTER.
When Yes is selected, a request is made to the server to complete the split. It is
possible for this request to time out. When this occurs, you will be prompted to either
wait longer for the request to be completed, or cancel the operation. For more
information, see Understanding split request time-out on page 158.
4
When Yes is selected, and a time-out does not occur, EditScript MT will upload the
highlighted portion of the split and assign it the dictation ID of the original dictation.
All of the text below the split will remain as part of the next dictation. You can then
continue making edits, if necessary.
Note: The header and CC information must be edited for each dictation.
Splitting a non-recognized dictation
Follow the steps below to split a dictation that has not been speech-recognized.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
157
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Steps:
1
Stop typing when you reach the point in the dictation where the second part begins,
and stop the audio at the same place.
2
Press ALT+SHIFT+6 or click on the Split Dictation toolbar icon
.
Note: In order to use the ALT+SHIFT+6 shortcut, it must be enabled in your EMon
eScriptionist profile by an administrator.
3
A prompt appears, asking you to confirm that you would like to split the dictation at the
current point in the audio. Click Yes to continue. EditScript MT will upload the current
split segment (first half) and set up the next. Click No to cancel the operation and
return to the document.
When Yes is selected, a request is made to the server for the Dictation ID of the
segment being split. It is possible for this request to time out. For instructions on what
to do when this occurs, see Understanding split request time-out on page 158.
If you attempt to move the audio progress before or after the precise point where a
dictation was split, a prompt will appear asking you to confirm the action. This prompt
will only appear once per dictation. Selecting Yes will tell the system to assume that
you want to move the location of the audio during the next occurrence.
Tip: You cannot type the entire report and then split it. You do have the option to
type the entire report, then cut (CTRL+X) the second part. After the first part
uploads, paste and complete the second part.
Understanding split request time-out
When you attempt to split a dictation, you are prompted to confirm that the action is indeed
what you want to do. When you select Yes from this prompt, a request for a DictationID for the
next section of the split is sent to the EditScript server. If this request takes longer than the
number of seconds specified in your EditScript Profile> Transcription page (20 seconds, by
default), a second prompt appears, asking whether you would like to wait longer for the request
to be completed. When No is selected, EditScript MT will get the next dictation in your
workqueue. Later, when EditScript MT successfully retrieves the data necessary to split the
dictation, it will upload it and retrieve the next section of the dictation for your workqueue.
158
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
There are multiple scenarios that could occur depending on the situation and the selection (Yes
or No) that is made from this prompt. These scenarios are described below.
SCENARIO
RESULTS
The request fails before the
prompt appears.
A warning message appears, and the next dictation in your work
queue is loaded in EditScript MT. The dictation being split is uploaded
and automatically pended. If this dictation was speech-recognized,
text is inserted into the dictation at the point of the split warning the
next user that a split was attempted.
The SplitID (DictationID of the
next split segment) is returned
after the prompt appears, but
before you answer the prompt.
You then answer No.
The document that was created as a result of the split is loaded in
EditScript MT as the next document. The start point of the audio is
indicated in the Status bar (lower right).
You answer No to the prompt
and the SplitID is returned successfully.
The next dictation in your work queue is loaded in EditScript MT, and
the document that was created as a result of the split is added to your
work queue once the split request is returned successfully.
You answer No to the above
prompt and the split request
returns with an error.
If the SplitID is returned successfully, the document that was created
as a result of the split is unlocked, and the original dictation is
uploaded in EditScript MT.
If the SplitID is not returned successfully, the original dictation is
uploaded and pended. If this dictation was speech-recognized, text is
inserted into the dictation at the point of the split warning the next user
that a split was attempted.
You answer Yes to the above
prompt.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
You will be prompted again when the wait for the SplitID surpasses
the number of seconds that is specified in your EditScript Profile (20
seconds, by default).
159
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Creating a Report without Audio
EditScript MT allows you to create transcriptions from sources other than the dictation audio
file, such as paper records or cassette tapes. This is useful when a clinician requires a report of
some kind, but is not able to dictate the report through the usual workflow.
The creation of a report in this manner requires that you transcribe the document from
beginning to end (straight transcription) from whatever resource you have.
When you create a dictation without audio, EditScript MT assigns it a unique dictation ID for
tracking like all other documents in the system.
Note: Lines in a dictation created without audio are counted as typed lines for billing and
payroll purposes.
Steps (with no documents open):
1
In EditScript MT, press ALT+SHIFT+7 or click on the Create New Document with
No Dictated Audio toolbar icon
.
Note: In order to use the ALT+SHIFT+7 shortcut, it must be enabled in your EMon
eScriptionist profile (Create Dictation Has Shortcut option) by an administrator.
EditScript MT will create a new document. At the bottom of the EditScript MT interface,
you will notice the following status message: Creating new dictation. The document
is assigned a new dictation ID.
Once the new dictation has been created, it is assigned a unique dictation ID.
2
Type the dictation text from whatever dictation source has been provided to you.
3
To upload and create another dictation without audio, press ALT+SHIFT+8 or click on
the Upload and Create Dictation toolbar icon
.
Note: In order to use the ALT+SHIFT+8 shortcut, it must be enabled in your EMon
eScriptionist profile (Create Dictation Has Shortcut option) by an administrator.
4
To upload the new dictation and download a dictation from your queue (standard
retrieval), press ALT+U or click Dictations> Upload Current Dictation and Get
Next Dictation from the EditScript MT toolbar.
Steps (from an open document):
1
Click on the Upload and Create Dictation toolbar icon
document and create a new dictation without audio.
2
Type the dictation text from whatever dictation source has been provided to you.
3
To upload and create another dictation without audio, click on the Upload and Create
Dictation toolbar icon.
4
To upload the new dictation and download a dictation from your queue (standard
retrieval), press ALT+U or click Dictations> Upload Current Dictation and Get
Next Dictation from the EditScript MT toolbar.
160
to upload the current
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Addenda and Amendments
When you listen to a dictation, you may hear the speaker mention that it is a modification to a
previous dictation. When this occurs, depending on the status of the original dictation (i.e.,
whether it has been signed or not), you can either edit it directly or transcribe the new dictation
and link the two.
When the original document to which the clinician is referring has not been signed, it can be
amended to include the corrected text. When the original document has been signed, it can no
longer be edited. In this scenario, you must transcribe or edit the new dictation and link it to
the original document as an addendum.
Note: This functionality is optional. Your institution may choose to continue using the
previous method by which the original and newer dictation are transcribed as two separate
documents.
Searching for a previous dictation
Once you hear that a dictation is a modification or addition to an earlier dictation, you can
search for the original dictation. You will not know whether you can amend the document
directly or whether you will need to create an addendum until you find the original document
(and see whether it has been signed yet).
To search for a dictation:
1
Press ALT+SHIFT+A or select Show Amendment Dialog from the Dictations menu.
The Search for Dictations to Link dialog appears. All dictations with an MRN matching
the current dictation are listed. Focus is automatically in the results grid.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
161
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
You can perform a manual search using the following criteria: Speaker’s Last Name,
Speaker Code, Patient Name, Patient MRN, Visit Code, Visit Start, and/or Visit End.
*
*
*
*
*
* indicates that information has been removed to protect privacy
2
Use the arrow key to move from one document to the next. When you find the correct
document, press ALT+V or click View Document. When you view the document, the
system determines whether it has been signed yet, and offers you the appropriate
option (i.e., amend or create an addendum) accordingly. (If the Date Signed field is
empty it is unsigned.)
Tip: If you leave the search results grid and wish to return, press ALT+R.
Note: You may not be able to view all the documents listed, depending on their
statuses. For instance, you cannot view documents with a Ready for Editing status.
162
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
If the original dictation has not been signed, the Amend This Document With The
Current Dictation dialog appears. Follow the instructions below for amending an earlier
dictation.
If it has been signed, the Link This Document To The Current Dictation dialog appears.
Follow the instructions below for creating an addendum.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
163
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
To amend an earlier document:
1
From the Amend This Document With The Current Dictation dialog, ensure that the
displayed document is the correct one and press ALT+A or click Amend.
The document is downloaded for you to edit. Note that while you will be viewing the
original document, the audio you hear will be that of the amendment.
Note: When the system downloads the original dictation, it also links the new
dictation to it. The newer dictation simply exists in the system to keep track of the
amendment audio. There is no text associated with it.
2
Listen to the audio and modify the document as necessary.
3
Upload the modified document using the standard methods. See Uploading a completed
report on page 117.
To create an addendum:
1
From the Link This Document To The Current Dictation dialog, ensure that the displayed
document is the correct one.
2
Because the original document is signed, you cannot download it and modify it.
Instead, you must link the new and the original dictation. Press ALT+K (or click Link)
to link the dictations or press ALT+I (or click Link and Insert) to link the dictations and
insert the text of the original into the newer dictation.
Note: Neither option will be available when the document you select is a signed
addendum to another document, or when it already has an unsigned addendum (as
only one unsigned addendum is allowed at one time for a single parent document).
If you encounter a second addendum in EditScript MT for a document that already
has an unsigned addendum, simply pend the second addendum. It will then need to
be reset to Ready for Edited Transcription or Ready for Transcription once the first
addendum is signed.
The two dictations are linked in the system, and you are returned to the dictation you
were working on. Note that the header fields are filled with the properties of the original
dictation.
3
Edit (or transcribe) the dictation as normal.
4
Upload the dictation using the standard methods. See Uploading a completed report on
page 117.
Taking a break from EditScript MT
There are a couple of ways to take breaks while working in EditScript MT. The length of your
break will determine which method to use.
Viewing dictations in your queue
Before taking a longer break, the first thing you should do is check your queue to help
determine when would be a good time to take a break. It is best to view your queue when you
do not have a dictation on your screen.
Steps:
1
164
Press ALT+SHIFT+U to upload your current dictation without downloading another.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
2
Press ALT+Q.
The work queue appears, showing the dictations that are Downloaded and Checked Out
to you.
3
View the length of the dictations, priority, and status to determine when to take a
break.
4
Press ALT+E to close the queue.
Taking a longer break (or ending the workday)
To take a long break, or to close out of EditScript MT for the day, you must first finish the
dictation you are currently working on.
Steps:
1
Press ALT+SHIFT+U to upload the dictation, and not download another.
2
Click the X in the upper right corner of your screen to exit EditScript MT. This will
release the dictations in your queue, and send them back to the general work queue.
Taking a shorter break
If you will be taking a short break, you can use EditScript MT’s Pause feature. This feature stops
the lines per hour meter for the dictation you are currently working on. While paused, the
dictation is locked on your screen, and the dictations in your queue remain Downloaded and
Checked Out to you.
Steps:
1
Click Utilities> Pause EditScript and Transcription Timer.
The Paused dialog will appear. It shows a running clock, indicating how long EditScript
MT has been paused in hours, minutes, and seconds (hh:mm:ss).
2
To resume editing, press ALT+R, or click the Resume Editing button.
Inactivity timer
When EditScript MT has been idle for a specified amount of time, a dialog will appear, warning
you that EditScript MT will shut down in 5 minutes. This feature ensures that all completed
documents will be uploaded properly in the event that you step away and leave EditScript MT
running on your computer. It is also an important security measure. Because you work with
private and confidential information in EditScript MT, it is important to prevent others from
accessing the information when you are away from your computer.
To set the length of idle time that will elapse before the warning dialog appears, contact
Dragon Medical 360 | eScription Support.
Example:
In the example below, EditScript MT has been inactive for 0.5 hours. If the user selects
Cancel before the shut down timer reaches 00:00:00, the timer will reset. If this time runs
out before Cancel is selected, EditScript MT will automatically close.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
165
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
To return to EditScript MT and
reset the inactivity timer, select Cancel before this timer
runs out.
Tip: If you do need to leave EditScript MT in a hurry, and cannot finish your current
dictation, the best practice is to click the X in the upper right corner of your screen. Your
work on the current dictation will be lost, but the dictations in your queue will be returned
to the general work queue. When you exit this way, a message will appear asking if you are
sure you want to exit. Click Yes.
166
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Viewing your Transcription Metrics
EditScript MT allows you to view a log of your completed transcriptions for a specific date
range. In addition, you can view your Median and Average Lines-per-hour metrics for both
edited and typed documents, as well as an analysis of what productivity-enhancing EditScript
MT features you used within the set date range. This information can be printed directly from
the Metrics dialog that appears when the feature is selected. To view and print your
transcription metrics, follow the steps below.
Note: EditScript MT begins counting time only when a document is open on your screen.
Steps:
1
From EditScript MT, press ALT+X or click Utilities> Transcription Metrics from the
EditScript MT toolbar.
The Enter Date Range dialog appears. It defaults to today’s date.
2
Specify a Start and End date for the date range, using the arrow keys to navigate
between the month, day, and year columns. You could also click on the downwardfacing arrow to right of each field and select a date from the fly-out calender that
appears.
ALT+O
3
ALT+L
Once you have specified the date range, press ALT+O (OK) to accept it.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
167
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
The Transcription Metrics dialog appears.
You can also change the date range directly from this dialog. To do this, press the TAB
key until the month of the Start or End date (whichever you wish to change) is
highlighted. You can then use the arrows keys to navigate between month, day, and
year. You can also click on the downward-facing arrow to the right of either field to
select a new date from the fly-out calendar that appears.
Usage metrics for the following features and behaviors will appear under Feature
Analysis. Use of these features has proven to increase the average number of lines
edited per hour.
Tip: Note the Feedback field. EditScript MT has the ability to analyze your
performance data and suggest ways for you to improve your editing speed by using
productivity features such as shortcut keys. Any recent feedback for you will
appear in this field. It is important to review this feedback on a regular basis to learn
how you can maximize your productivity in EditScript MT.
168
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
4
To create a printout of your metrics, press the TAB key until the Print button is
highlighted, then press ENTER (or click Print). To clear the content of this dialog,
press the TAB key until the Clear button is highlighted, then press ENTER (or click
Clear). To refresh the content, press the TAB key until the Refresh button is
highlighted, then press ENTER (or click Refresh).
Features Usage Descriptions
Control Navigation
When you use the CTRL+Arrow combination more often than once every 5 lines, the report will
show that you use this feature.
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
CTRL+left arrow
Moves the text cursor to the left word-by-word
CTRL+right arrow
Moves the text cursor to the right word-by-word
CTRL+up arrow
Moves the text cursor to the beginning of current paragraph
CTRL+down arrow
Moves the text cursor to the line below current paragraph
Correction Macros
When you use the measured EditScript MT correction macros more often than once every 20
lines, the report will show that you use these features.
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
ALT+. (period)
Inserts a period.
ALT+, (comma)
Inserts a comma.
ALT+SHIFT+: (colon)
Inserts a colon.
ALT+L
Capitalizes all occurrences of a word.
ALT+SHIFT+L
Makes all occurrences of a word lowercase.
Limited Arrow Navigation
When you use the arrow key in combination with the CTRL key at least 10 times per line or less
often, the report will show that you use this feature.
Mouse-Free Navigation
When you use the left mouse button less than once every 20 lines, the report will show that you
use this feature. Editing done in the header is not included in this measurement.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
169
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Multiple Cursors
When you use the ALT+K shortcut (move typing cursor to audio cursor) more often than once
every four lines, the report will show that you use this feature.
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
ALT+K
Moves the text cursor to the voice cursor.
ALT+SHIFT+K
Moves the voice cursor to the text cursor.
Plays Audio Faster
When you consistently quicken the speed of audio recordings by 15%, the report will show that
you use this feature. While the calculation for this evaluation is somewhat complex, this roughly
corresponds to using an audio speed less than 87.
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
ALT+2
Increases the audio speed.
HELP! I thought I completed more lines than I was credited for
Sometimes, your transcription metrics credit you with fewer lines than you believe you edited/
transcribed within the specified date range. There are three possible causes for this:
•
•
•
170
Jobs were cancelled: It is possible that one or more jobs you had edited/transcribed in
EditScript MT were cancelled by an administrator through EMon. Lines are not credited
when a job is cancelled.
The job status changed: It is possible that the status of one or more jobs was
changed back to Ready for editing or Ready for transcription by an administrator after
you uploaded it, which would cause the job(s) to be routed back through the general
queue.
The last job has not been added to your metrics yet: It may take a few moments
for a completed job to appear in your metrics page. Please allow the system enough
time for the most recent line count numbers to be reflected.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Searching for a Previously Uploaded Dictation
In the event that you need to search for a specific report, you can use the search capability
described below. For instance, if you are having trouble understanding a particular word or
phrase being used by the dictating clinician, you could search for some of his other, completed
reports, and then view or listen to them in an effort to clear up the issue.
Steps:
1
Press ALT+SHIFT+> or select Utilities> Search for Dictations/Transcriptions.
The customer login screen appears.
2
Enter your User name and Password, using the TAB key to navigate between the
fields. When you are finished, press the TAB key until the OK button is highlighted,
then press ENTER (or click OK).
EditScript MT User Guide V10
171
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
The Search for Dictations and Transcriptions window appears. Through this window,
you can search by Clinician, Patient, or by several parameters specific to the Dictation
you are searching for. To narrow the search, enter as much information as possible.
3
172
Enter the search criteria, then click Search.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
The Search Results page appears.
*Some data removed to protect privacy. This is a partial graphic. Not all search result columns are displayed.
4
To print a result, select the check box next to it and click Print. To simply view an item,
check it and click View. To hear the audio for a dictation, click on the audio icon
.
Note: If there is an audio icon, but no check box next to a dictation, it means that the
dictation has not yet been transcribed or edited. In this case, you can only listen to
the incomplete report.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
173
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
MT Instructions
MT Instructions specify any special steps that you should take to complete a dictation (e.g., CC
Dr. Smith). They are created in EMon, where an administrator can specify the work type,
business entity, and speaker to which the instructions pertain. If you download a dictation that
matches the criteria of an MT Instruction, you receive notification that there are instructions
available so that you can view them if you wish. (Depending on how your eScriptionist profile is
configured in EMon, you may actually see the instructions on download rather than simply
receive notification.) If an instruction qualifies as new, you are alerted to that fact so that you
are sure to view it (see MT Instructions and your eScriptionist profile on page 174).
If the criteria of an MT Instruction matches any part of the metadata of a dictation, the
instruction is associated with that dictation. For instance, if an MT Instruction exists for the
radiology work type and another exists for the radiology work type and Dr. Smith, both
instructions are associated with a radiology dictation by Dr. Smith. When you view the
instructions for such a dictation, both sets of instructions, grouped and labeled by criteria,
appear.
Note: This feature is only available if enabled through EMon. See the EMon User Guide for
more information.
MT Instructions and your eScriptionist profile
There are two options in your eScriptionist profile (configured by an administrator in EMon) that
affect the MT Instructions feature.
•
•
Days Instruction defined as new: This setting determines the number of days that
an instruction qualifies as new. If this option is set at 3 days in your profile, any new
instruction (or instruction that has been changed) will be labeled as new for 3 days.
Always Display Instructions: This setting determines whether you simply receive
notification that instructions are available or whether the instructions themselves are
displayed. If this option is enabled, the instructions are automatically displayed above
the dictation in the Instruction Control (see Instruction Control on page 176). This
option should only be enabled for new transcriptionists.
MT Instructions and the EditScript MT interface
The following graphic shows the interface components of the MT Instructions feature.
Note: In the graphic below, the Instruction Control is visible. This box is only displayed
when you choose to display it, or if Always Display Instructions is enabled in your
eScriptionist profile.
174
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
A
B
B
A: Instruction Control B: Instruction notification icon
*This is a partial graphic.
When one (or more) MT Instruction is associated with a dictation that you download, there are
several slight changes to the EditScript MT interface.
•
•
A notification icon appears in the status bar. (If the instruction is new, the word NEW
appears next to the icon.)
The Show/Hide Instructions option appears in the Dictations menu. This option appears
as Show Instructions when the Instruction Control is not visible, and Hide Instructions
when the Instruction Control is visible (see Instruction Control on page 176).
EditScript MT User Guide V10
175
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Note: If Always Display Instructions is enabled in your eScriptionist profile in EMon,
the Instruction Control appears automatically.
•
The Show Instructions Dialog option appears in the Dictations menu. This option allows
you to display the MT Instructions dialog (see MT Instructions dialog on page 176).
Instruction Control
The Instruction Control, which displays any instructions associated with a dictation, sits below
the Visit Grid and above the toolbar. Instructions in the Instruction Control are grouped and
labeled by criteria (e.g., Instructions for work type: Radiology). See MT Instructions and the
EditScript MT interface on page 174 for a picture of the Instruction Control.
Note: The Instruction Control is only available if there are instructions associated with the
dictation you are working on.
Displaying the Instruction Control
To view the Instruction Control, use either of the methods below.
Note: When Always Display Instructions is enabled in your eScriptionist profile in EMon,
the Instruction Control appears automatically for any dictation with associated
instructions. See MT Instructions and your eScriptionist profile on page 174 for more
information on this option.
•
Press ALT+SHIFT+W (recommended).
•
Select Show Instructions from the Dictations menu.
Hiding the Instruction Control
To hide the Instruction Control, use either of the methods below.
•
Press ALT+SHIFT+W (recommended).
•
Select Hide Instructions from the Dictations menu.
MT Instructions dialog
The MT Instructions dialog allows you to view instructions in a larger format, so that you do not
need to scroll through them (as you do in the Instruction Control). In addition, you can print
instructions from the MT Instructions dialog (see Printing from the MT Instructions dialog on
page 177). Instructions in the MT Instruction popup are grouped and labeled by criteria (e.g.,
Instructions for work type: Radiology).
Note: Focus is set on the Ok button when the MT Instructions dialog appears, so simply
press ENTER to close the dialog when you are done.
176
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
Displaying the MT Instructions dialog
To display the MT Instructions dialog, use any of the methods below.
•
Press ALT+SHIFT+F (recommended).
•
Select Show Instructions Dialog from the Dictations menu.
•
Click on the instruction notification icon (
). This icon appears in the status bar, and
next to the Instruction Control (if it is visible).
Printing from the MT Instructions dialog
Follow the instructions below to print from the MT Instructions dialog. The instructions below
assume that you are already in the MT Instructions dialog. For information on displaying the MT
Instructions dialog, see Displaying the MT Instructions dialog on page 177.
Steps for printing to the default printer:
1
Press ALT+P (or click Print).
The printer dialog appears.
2
Press ALT+P to select the default printer.
Steps for printing to a non-default printer:
1
Press ALT+P (or click Print).
The printer dialog appears.
2
Select the printer you wish to use for printing.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
177
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT
MT Instructions shortcuts
The following table lists the shortcuts that you can use with the MT Instructions feature.
Note: These shortcuts are only available when MT Instructions is enabled in EMon and you
have downloaded a dictation with associated instructions.
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
ALT+SHIFT+W
Toggles between displaying and hiding the Instruction Control.
ALT+SHIFT+F
Displays the MT Instructions dialog.
ALT+P
From the MT Instructions dialog, displays the printer dialog. Press this
twice to print to the default printer.
ALT+O, ALT+F4, ESC
Closes the MT Instructions dialog if it is open.
178
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Working in MT Review
Mode
5
In MT Review mode, the review staff at your
institution can compare dictation audio with
edited or typed documents and mark errors
using definable grading criteria.
Once reviews are complete, MTs can log into
Reviewed Dictation Retrieval (RDR) mode to
download and review their marked-up
documents scored by the reviewer. They can
also view the queue and see their average
score. Review staff with the proper rights can
see the reviewed documents of other
transcriptionists.
Version 10 of EditScript MT includes the ability
to do a retrospective review of the latest
unpended version of a document (in addition
to the original version of the document), to let
reviewers review the work of other reviewers,
and to revise or correct already assigned
scores. Reviewers with MT Review privileges
can also review and grade other MTs while
working in Pending List Management mode
(see Working in Pending List Management
Mode in Chapter 6 on page 215).
Topics discussed in this chapter:

MT Review v10

Getting Started (in EMon)

Getting Started (in EditScript MT)

QA Header

Grading a Document

Reviewed Dictation Retrieval
Mode
This chapter explains how to set up security
permissions for MT Review, set up grading
criteria, mark up a document, review scored
documents, review the work of other
reviewers, and revise scores in RDR mode.
Note: EditScript MT v10 uses the term ‘MT
Review’ in place of ‘QA Review’.
179
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
MT Review v10
In MT Review v10, there are two new modes replacing the v9 QA Review mode:

MT Review of Original Documents

MT Review of Current Documents
With these new modes enabled, the reviewer can choose to review either the original or current
version of an unpended document. The original version represents the work of the MT who first
edited and uploaded the document. The current version of the document is the latest unpended
version, which may have been modified in EMon, in Pending List Management mode, or by a
signing clinician. Regardless of which mode the reviewer chooses, the functionality of both
modes is the same.
Also new in v10, a reviewer with the ability to review and grade other transcriptionists can now
do so in Pending List Management mode, as well as in the MT Retrospective review modes. This
is known as pre-release MT Review (see Providing MT Review Feedback in Chapter 6 on
page 236).
In addition to these new features, v10 continues to offer the same consistency of standards,
definable grading criteria, and complete end-to-end workflow introduced in version 9.
New MT Review features in v10 allow you to:
•
•
•
Grade the original or current version of a document in MT Review mode.
In Reviewed Dictation Retrieval (RDR) mode, see all documents reviewed by a particular
transcriptionist or by all transcriptionists.
Revise or correct already assigned scores in RDR mode (available to reviewers with
rights to review documents uploaded by other users - see Allow users to review
documents on page 181).
•
View pending reasons in RDR mode.
•
Grade documents while working in Pending List Management mode.
Existing features
•
•
•
•
180
QA header listing the errors and accuracy score of the document.
Grading criteria, definable in EMon, that can be used to specify errors in MT Review
mode.
Ability to download and review marked-up documents scored by a reviewer (while
logged in to Reviewed Dictation Retrieval mode).
Ability to view the queue and see average scores while logged into Reviewed Dictation
Retrieval mode.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
Getting Started (in EMon)
Before getting started with MT Review, there are several procedures that must be completed by
an administrator working in EMon. These procedures are discussed in the following sections,
followed by detailed instructions for using MT Review in EditScript MT.
Enabling Enhanced MT Review
If your institution chooses to use v10 MT Review, the first step is to enable the new option. To
activate features, you must belong to an Administrator EMon permissions security group with
the Manage Application Features permission selected.
Steps:
1
In EMon, from the Tools menu, select Application Features.
The Application Features dialog appears.
2
In the EditScriptClient section, select Enhanced MT Review Features.
3
Click OK.
IMPORTANT! Once you enable this feature through the Application Features
dialog, you must log out and log back in to EMon before the feature is available.
Note: If your institution chooses to remain on version 9, your review process will
continue to function as it currently does.
Setting up security permissions for MT Review
Next, you must assign the proper permissions using security groups to users who will be
marking up documents, viewing reviewed documents, and creating grading criteria.
There are three security permissions related to MT Review:
•
Use EditScript to review transcribed documents (MT Review)
•
Use EditScript to see reviewed documents of other transcriptionists
•
Manage QA grading criteria
Allow users to review documents
This security permission allows members to review and score documents. You can assign this
permission by adding a new security group, editing an existing security group, or copying a
security group.
To add this permission:
1
In EMon, from the Tools menu, select Security Groups.
2
Click Add (you could also choose Edit or Copy).
The Security Groups Wizard dialog appears.
3
Enter a name for the group and select eScriptionist EditScript MT permissions as
the Security Group Type.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
181
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
4
Click Next.
5
In the What Can Group Members Do panel, check Use EditScript to review
transcribed documents (MT Review).
6
Click Finish.
The Manage Members dialog appears.
7
Select which members you want to add to this group and click OK to save the
permission.
Allow users to see other transcriptionists’ documents
This security permission allows members in Reviewed Dictation Retrieval mode to see the
reviewed documents of other transcriptionists and also to see documents that were reviewed
by all transcriptionists or by a particular transcriptionist.
To add this permission:
1
In EMon, from the Tools menu, select Security Groups.
2
Click Add (you could also choose Edit or Copy).
The Security Groups Wizard dialog appears.
3
Enter a name for the group and select eScriptionist EditScript MT permissions as
the Security Group Type.
4
Click Next.
182
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
5
In the What Can Group Members Do panel, check Use EditScript to see reviewed
documents for other transcriptionists.
6
Click Finish.
The Manage Members dialog appears.
7
Select which members you want to add to this group and click OK to save the
permission.
Allow users to manage QA grading criteria in EMon
This permission allows users to create, edit, and delete QA grading criteria in EMon.
To add this permission:
1
In EMon, from the Tools menu, select Security Groups.
2
Click Add (you could also choose Edit or Copy).
The Security Groups Wizard dialog appears.
3
Enter a name for the group and select Administrator EMon permissions.
4
Click Next.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
183
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
5
In the What Can Group Members Do panel, under the Other section, check Manage QA
grading criteria.
6
Click Finish.
The Manage Members dialog appears.
7
Select which members you want to add to this group and click OK to save the
permission.
Enabling new work modes
In EMon, the eScriptionist Profile dialog (eScriptionist tab> Profile) contains several tabs with
settings that affect workflow in EditScript MT. On the QA tab, administrators can grant
permissions allowing users to work in one or more modes of EditScript MT, including the two
new MT Review modes and Reviewed Dictation Retrieval mode.
Enabling a user for ‘MT Review of Original Documents’ mode or ‘MT Review
of Current Documents’ mode
Enabling either of these options allows a user to log in to MT Review mode. In these modes a
user can review, mark up, and score selected documents.
Steps:
1
In EMon, click the eScriptionist tab.
2
Search for and select the transcriptionist requiring access to MT Review mode.
184
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
3
Select the transcriptionist’s name, and click the Profile button.
4
From the EditScript Profile dialog, click on the QA tab.
5
From this tab, select Enabled for MT Review Original and/or Enabled for MT
Review Current. Either mode allows for the same functionality in EditScript MT - the
only difference is the version of the document that will be reviewed.
You can also make one MT Review mode the default work queue in EditScript MT, by
selecting QA Review from the Work Queue mode drop-down menu. Whichever mode is
selected here will open in EditScript MT automatically.
To prompt the transcriptionist to select the mode they would like to work in when they
load EditScript MT, check the box for Prompt for Work Queue Mode. The user will
see two new radio buttons (if they enabled both options) on the Workqueue Mode
Specification dialog as they log in to EditScript MT: MT Review of Original
Documents and MT Review of Current Documents. (See Logging in to MT Review
mode on page 193.)
Enabling a user for Reviewed Dictation Retrieval (RDR) mode
This option allows a user to log in to RDR mode. In this mode users can see their reviewed
documents. If the user belongs to a security group with the Use EditScript to see reviewed
documents for other transcriptionists security permission, he or she can also see the
reviewed documents of other transcriptionists, and see documents that were reviewed by all
transcriptionists or by a particular transcriptionist. Additionally, these users can revise scores
that have been applied to other transcriptionists. See Allow users to see other transcriptionists’
documents on page 182 for information on granting this additional permission.
Steps:
1
In EMon, click the eScriptionist tab.
2
Search for and select the transcriptionist requiring access to RDR mode.
3
Click the Profile button.
4
From the EditScript Profile dialog, click the QA tab.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
185
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
5
From this tab, check the box for Enabled for RDR mode.
6
To prompt the transcriptionist to select which mode they would like to work in when
they load EditScript MT, check the box for Prompt for Work Queue Mode.
7
Click OK.
When the user logs in to EditScript MT, a new radio button will appear on the
Workqueue Mode Specification dialog called Reviewed Dictation Retrieval. If the
user is a transcriptionist without the ability to see other transcriptionists’ documents,
this dialog will also display how many unseen, reviewed documents are available (see
Logging in to RDR mode on page 205).
Setting up grading criteria
For MT Review, you can add, edit, copy, and delete grading criteria to be used when scoring
dictations. For each error, you can define a description and determine how many points should
be deducted for each error.
Error criteria recommended by the American Association for Medical Transcription (AAMT) will
be preloaded as the default error data. There are five major error categories:
•
Critical
•
Major
•
Minor
•
Dictator Origin
•
Informational
To add a new error, or to edit or copy a default error, follow the steps below.
186
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
Steps:
1
Log in to EMon.
2
From the Tools menu, select MT Review Grading Criteria.
The MT Review Grading Criteria dialog opens. It will be filled with default AAMT values.
Note: At least one error criteria must exist in the MT Review Grading Criteria dialog
in order for a document to be scored.
To add grading criteria:
1
Click Add.
The MT Review Grading Criteria Wizard dialog appears.
2
Enter a description for the error.
Note: Each criteria must have the Description field filled in. It must be a unique
description and cannot contain forward or back slashes.
3
Enter a deduction value for the error. This value must be an integer or decimal, e.g., 1
or 1.0. A negative number will not be accepted.
4
Select one of the Error Severity radio buttons.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
187
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
5
Click OK.
To edit grading criteria:
1
From the MT Review Grading Criteria dialog, select an existing criteria.
2
Click the Edit button.
The MT Review Grading Criteria Wizard dialog appears.
3
Edit the grading criteria, then click OK.
To copy grading criteria:
1
From the MT Review Grading Criteria dialog, select an existing criteria.
2
Click the Copy button.
The MT Review Grading Criteria Wizard dialog appears.
3
Use the grading criteria values to create a similar criteria, then click OK.
To delete grading criteria:
1
188
From the MT Review Grading Criteria dialog, select an existing criteria.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
2
Click Delete.
The following confirmation box appears. Select one of the two radio buttons.
The first button gives you the option of setting the value of the deleted criteria to zero.
As a result, dictations that previously had points deducted for this error will now have
higher scores. If you choose the second option, the scores remain unchanged.
Selecting documents for MT Review
In EMon, there are two ways to select documents for MT Review. Specific documents can be
hand-picked for the queue through a right-click option in the Dictation tab, or documents can
be selected randomly using the Choose Dictations for MT Review feature.
Note: For a document to be eligible for MT Review, it cannot be in a pended state. It must be
unsigned, partially signed, or signed.
Selecting specific dictations for review
When you want to create a list of specific documents for MT Review, you can hand-pick
documents from the Dictation tab in EMon and add them to the queue. To do this, follow the
steps below.
Steps:
1
Log in to EMon.
2
From the Dictation tab, search for and select the dictation you wish to add to the
queue.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
189
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
3
Right-click on the dictation.
A pop-up menu appears.
4
Choose Select for MT Review.
The Select for MT Review dialog appears.
5
Choose whether you want to review the original or current version of the dictation, then
click OK.
6
Repeat these steps for each additional document you want to add to the queue.
Choosing random dictations for review
Using the Choose Dictations for MT Review feature, dictations can be randomly selected based
on a selected Work Type(s), Transcriptionist, Transcriptionist Group, Business Entity(s), and/or
Speaker, in addition to several other criteria.
Steps:
1
190
Log in to EMon.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
2
From the Tools menu, select Choose Dictations for MT Review.
The Choose Dictations for MT Review dialog appears.
3
Specify the number of dictations you would like to assign to the queue and the criteria
by which those dictations will be selected. Dictations can either be counted by Number
or Percentage.
Note: You must specify a whole number in the Quantity of Dictations field.
4
Select whether you want the original version of the documents or the current version.
5
Click OK or press ALT+O.
The Confirm Selections box appears.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
191
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
6
Review the summary information and click OK to build the work queue, or Cancel to
revise your selection.
When OK is selected from the Confirm Selections box, and the work queue is
successfully built, a dialog will appear with a list of the Dictation IDs for the dictations
that are in the queue.
7
192
Click OK to close the dialog.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
Getting Started (in EditScript MT)
After an EMon administrator has set up the proper security permissions and MT profile settings,
created grading criteria, and selected documents to review, reviewers can log in to EditScript
MT and start reviewing.
Logging in to MT Review mode
Steps:
1
Log in to EditScript MT.
If the Prompt option has been selected in your EditScript MT profile in EMon, you will
be prompted to specify the type of work queue you want to work in.
If the Prompt option is not selected in your profile, EditScript MT will start up in MT
Review mode automatically (if that is the default work queue mode specified in your
EditScript MT Profile settings).
2
If prompted, select MT Review of Original Documents or MT Review of Current
Documents as the work queue mode, then press ALT+O (OK).
Constructing the work queue
To construct the work queue for MT Review, log in to EditScript MT in MT Review mode. The
default EditScript MT screen will appear. In standard editing mode, you would use the ALT+U
shortcut to download the next available dictation. In MT Review mode, however, your first step
should be to build a work queue.
The work queue in EditScript MT is a dialog window through which you can select and organize
the completed documents you wish to score in MT Review mode (or review in Reviewed
Dictation Retrieval mode).
EditScript MT User Guide V10
193
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
Note: For a document to be eligible for MT Review, it cannot be in a pended state. It must be
unsigned, partially signed, or signed.
Work Queue Toolbar
Steps:
1
Press ALT+Q or click Dictations> View Work Queue from the EditScript toolbar
icon.
The Dictations in the Queue dialog appears.
2
Press ALT+V or click the Refresh button
.
3
The dictation list in the dialog should populate with dictations that have been selected
for MT Review (see Selecting documents for MT Review on page 189). Select the
documents you would like to review using CTRL+click or SHIFT+click.
4
Press ALT+Q or click the Construct your own work queue button
.
A prompt will indicate if your work queue was successfully built.
5
Click OK.
6
Press ALT+U.
If this is not the first work queue you have built in the current session, a dialog will
appear to remind you that there are dictations in a work queue you constructed earlier
that have yet to be downloaded. Click Yes to combine the dictations in the new work
queue with those in the queue you previously constructed (recommended).
Note: If you have downloaded or checked out any dictations during this process,
your queue will not work as expected. In this event, close and re-start EditScript
MT, and try again to rebuild a work queue.
Retrieving documents for MT Review
Once you have constructed your work queue, you can follow the same workflow to retrieve and
upload documents as you would in the standard editing mode of EditScript MT. When you press
ALT+U to retrieve a document, EditScript MT will automatically pull the next document from
your work queue in the order that they were added to your work queue.
Follow the steps below to retrieve, or download, a document in MT Review mode of EditScript
MT.
194
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
Steps:
1
Press ALT+U, or click Dictations> Upload current dictation and get next
dictation from the EditScript toolbar.
The Downloading your next dictation progress bar appears. (This bar is located at
the bottom right-hand side of your screen.) EditScript MT is in the process of
downloading the dictation in your queue. After a few moments, the dictation appears in
the EditScript MT work area.
2
When the document appears in the EditScript MT work area, the standard header will
appear by default.
Press ALT+SHIFT+Q to display the QA header. See QA Header on page 196 for more
information on the QA header.
Tip: Press ALT+E to re-display the standard header. To return to the QA header,
press ALT+SHIFT+Q.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
195
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
QA Header
V10 introduces a QA header that displays either one or two grids, depending on which
EditScript MT mode you are logged into. This section describes the MT Review grid, which
shows any grading errors attributed to the downloaded document. The other grid displays
Pending Reasons, and is used in Transcription and Pending List Management modes. See
Pending Reason grid in Chapter 4 on page 151 for more information.
By default, when you download a dictation in MT Review mode, the standard EditScript header
appears first. It will be grayed out, and cannot be modified in any way. To switch to the QA
header, press ALT+SHIFT+Q. To re-display the standard header, press ALT+E. To switch
from the QA header to the body of the document, press ALT+SHIFT+Q again. Both headers
cannot be shown at the same time. The first time the QA header is displayed, it will contain an
empty MT Review grid with a grade of 100%.
MT Review grid
The MT Review grid is displayed in MT Review mode and Reviewed Dictation Retrieval mode,
and may also be displayed in Pending List Management mode. It contains the following
information:
Column
Description
Transcriptionist Under
Review
The name of the transcriptionist who is being reviewed (read-only).
Accuracy/Line
The current grade for the document being reviewed (read-only).
#
A numeric identifier that uniquely identifies this MT review code
within the context of this document (read-only).
MT Review Code
The MT Review criteria description for the review code.
Deduction
The number of points deducted from the transcriptionist’s grade for
the review code (read-only).
196
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
Column
Description
Reviewer
The name of the MT who added the review code (read-only).
Reviewee
The name of the MT to whom the review code applies (read-only).
Comment
A comment associated with the review code. This is an optional
field with a maximum length of 256 characters.
The MT Review code field is an auto-completing drop-down box. You can type in the name of
the description. As you type, EditScript MT will automatically attempt to complete the name for
you, or offer a list of choices that most closely match what you have entered. The list of
descriptions is organized alphabetically. If more than four errors are listed, the list will become
scrollable.
When you select a row that has a corresponding in-text error, the error will be highlighted, and
the document will scroll so that this highlighted text is viewable.
If you are doing MT Review in Pending List Management mode, or adding pending reasons in
Transcription or Pending List Management mode, the QA header will display the Pending
Reason grid. See Pending Reason grid in Chapter 4 on page 151 for details.
All Pending Reason bookmarks and MT Review code bookmarks that may have been added to a
document in Transcription mode and/or Pending List Management mode will be hidden or
removed before a document is displayed in either of the MT Review modes.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
197
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
Grading a Document
Once you have downloaded a document, you are now ready to start grading. There are two
ways to add an error:
•
•
In-text - you add an error directly in the document.
Header or General - when you find an error in the header or want to make a general
comment about the document, you add the error in the header.
To add an error to the document, use the shortcuts shown on the MT Review menu.
New menu items in v10
Following are the new MT Review menu items in version 10:
•
•
•
•
198
ALT+SHIFT+H - Show All Revisions - Allows you to select between showing only the
reviewee and reviewer’s markup, as in v9, or showing all markup (markup done by all
transcriptionists, including markup for deletions).
ALT+SHIFT+] - Highlight Next Error - Highlights the next MT Review code in the
document (as opposed to regular text changes or a pending reason).
ALT+SHIFT+[ - Highlight Previous Error - Highlights the previous MT Review code
in the document (as opposed to regular text changes or a pending reason).
ALT+SHIFT+M - Toggle MT Review Display - Allows you to toggle on or off the
display of the MT Review grid and its associated bookmarks in the document. If the MT
Review grid is toggled off (hidden), then invoking an MT Review feature will cause the
grid to be toggled on (redisplayed). Note: The grid cannot be toggled off in MT Review
mode.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
•
•
ALT+SHIFT+0 - Toggle 100% Grade - If nothing is entered in the MT Review grid,
selecting this menu item will cause EditScript MT to set the review grade to 100%. If the
review grade is already set to 100%, selecting this menu item will cause EditScript MT to
set the review grade to <blank>. If there are any MT Review codes assigned to the
document, the review grade cannot be toggled.
ALT+SHIFT+X - Revise Grading Score - this option only shows up in RDR mode to
users who have the permission to see reviewed documents of other transcriptionists. It
allows you to revise the score of previously assigned grades, correcting any grading
mistakes that a reviewing transcriptionist may have made. (Your institution must also
have the Enhanced MT Review option enabled in the Application Features dialog in
EMon to see this item.)
Adding an in-text error
To insert an MT Review code associated with a position in the document, follow the steps below.
Steps:
1
Find an error in the text, and make the correction. Corrections are shown as part of the
standard track changes feature in Word.
2
Press ALT+\ or select the Add In-text Error menu option. The QA header will appear
(if it is not displayed already), and a drop-down box will pop up next to the cursor.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
199
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
3
From the drop-down box, highlight a description for the error, or start typing it in. Press
ENTER to select it.
Note: If you enter a description that does not match a pre-defined grading criteria,
it will be removed.
Inserted text will appear as colored text. Word determines the color of each user’s
markup automatically. Deletions will be struck through, but still visible within the text.
Revisions that are part of MT Review (associated with a grade) will have brackets
around them. Normal markups associated with revisions made to the actual document
text will not. See the screen shot below. The blue text here represents changes made to
the actual text of the document.
The Deduction values that correspond to the selected error description will
automatically be filled into the current row of the header.
4
To add a comment, press ALT+SHIFT+C. The cursor will move to the comments field
of the most recently added error.
Note: You must specify an MT Review code before you enter a comment.
5
Press ALT+SHIFT+Q to return the cursor to the text.
A new row is added to the grid in the header with the selected grading criteria
information and any comments that were added.
To cancel adding an error, press Escape or click elsewhere in the document.
Note: The accuracy score for the dictation is updated to reflect new deduction
values. See Calculating the Accuracy score of a document on page 202.
200
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
Adding an error in the header grid only
General comments or errors found in the standard header do not correspond to any particular
place in the document. These types of items are entered directly into the QA header.
Steps:
1
Press ALT+SHIFT+\.
The cursor moves to a new row in the header grid.
2
Select an MT Review code and enter a comment.
The grading criteria and comment are saved in the header grid. Nothing is added to the
text of the dictation.
Note: If you try to enter a comment without selecting an MT Review code, an error
message will appear.
Deleting an error
If you would like to delete an error that you have inserted into the document, and remove it
from the header, follow the steps below. No points will be deducted.
Note: You can only delete rows that you have added in the current session. You cannot
delete grades added by you or by others in previous Pending List Management
sessions. In RDR mode, you can only delete rows if you have the permission to revise
scores (see Revising previously assigned scores on page 210).
Steps:
1
Press ALT+SHIFT+Q to put the focus in the QA header.
2
In the grid, select the header row you want to delete.
3
Press DELETE.
The following message appears.
4
Click Yes to continue. The header row will be deleted.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
201
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
Assigning a 100% score
If you find no errors in a document, and there are no MT Review codes associated with the
document, you can assign a score of 100%. Press ALT+SHIFT+0 or select Toggle 100%
Grade from the MT Review menu. If the review grade is already set to 100%, then selecting
this option again will cause EditScript MT to clear the grade, or set it to <blank>.
If you are in Pending List Management mode, and assign a score of 100% to a document, the
MT who last uploaded the document will be credited with 100% for that dictation.
Calculating the Accuracy score of a document
The accuracy score for the document appears above the grid. The score is displayed as a
percentage based on the number of lines in the document.
The score is determined as follows:
The total point deductions are subtracted from the total number of lines and then divided by
the total number of lines x 100. For example, if there were 1.75 points total deducted, and
the total number of lines was 40, the accuracy score would be: 38.25/40 x 100 = 95.62%
Total Number of Lines - Total Point Deductions = X
X ÷ Total Number of Lines x 100 = Score%
Note: Even if the error deduction exceeds the number of lines, the average score will
never list a value lower than zero.
Uploading a document
When you are finished reviewing and scoring a document in MT Review mode:
1
Press ALT+U to upload it.
The marked-up dictation and the header grid information are uploaded. Its status will
change to Reviewed.
If you have not added any errors to the grid or assigned a score of 100%, the following
message appears:
2
202
Press ENTER to upload.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
Reloading a document after closing
In MT Review mode, if you close and reopen a document without uploading it, the markups and
the header information will reflect the scoring data as it was before the dictation was closed.
Changing review status
The Change Review Status dialog in EMon lets you change the review status of selected
dictation(s).
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Ready for Review - the document can be selected for MT Review (default). This is the
status for all dictations that have been edited or transcribed (including pended
documents).
Selected for Review - the document has been selected for MT Review and is either in the
MT Review mode work queue or is being reviewed.
Reviewed - the document has been reviewed and scored.
Not Ready for Review - this status can be manually assigned to a document that is not
ready to be reviewed.
Checked out for Review - a Reviewer has locked the document in order to review it. No
other reviewer may lock this document while it is in this state.
Viewing - in RDR mode, an EditScript MT user has downloaded a document which
formerly was in the "Reviewed" state. Multiple transcriptionists may download the
document when it is in this state.
Seen by MT - in RDR mode, a reviewed document has been downloaded, opened, and
closed by the transcriptionist who originally transcribed the document.
To change a review status:
1
In EMon, click the Dictation tab.
2
Search for and select a dictation.
3
Click the History button.
The Dictation History dialog appears.
4
In the Document Versions section, select the version of the document whose status you
want to change.
5
Click the right mouse button.
6
Select Change MT Review Status.
The Change Review Status dialog appears.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
203
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
7
Select a status from the drop-down list, and click OK.
Note: Certain transitions are not permitted if they interfere with the required reviewing
workflow. For example, you cannot change a dictation from “Ready for Review” to “Seen
by MT”. If you choose an invalid status, an error message will appear.
Show or hide markup
An option called Toggle Track Changes appears on the Word Tools menu (shortcut: ALT+J)
for the following modes: MT Review of Original Documents, MT Review of Current Documents,
Reviewed Dictation Retrieval, and Pending List Management. This option is available for
reviewers who, for instance, may not want to see changes made to speech-recognized drafts.
When a user presses ALT+J, EditScript MT toggles all markup off, removing the color from the
document. When the option is toggled back on, the color is added back for the current user and
the previous user.
204
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
Reviewed Dictation Retrieval Mode
Reviewed Dictation Retrieval (RDR) is a work queue mode that allows users to review scored
dictations.
New in this version of RDR:
•
•
Administrative users can see all documents that have been reviewed by particular
reviewers. They can also revise previously assigned grades in this mode.
Users can now view pending reasons in RDR mode.
Logging in to RDR mode
Users who are enabled for this mode (see Enabling a user for Reviewed Dictation Retrieval
(RDR) mode on page 185) will see a ‘Reviewed Dictation Retrieval’ radio button on the
Workqueue Mode Specification dialog as they log in to EditScript MT. This dialog also displays
how many unseen, reviewed documents are available.
Administrators who have been granted the Use EditScript to see reviewed documents for
other transcriptionists security permission (see Allow users to see other transcriptionists’
documents on page 182) will be able to see reviewed dictations for multiple MTs, and will also
have the ability to see the documents that were reviewed by all transcriptionists or by a
particular transcriptionist.
Steps:
1
Log in to EditScript MT.
2
In the Workqueue Mode Specification dialog, select Reviewed Dictation Retrieval as
the work queue mode.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
205
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
If you have new, reviewed documents, this dialog displays a message indicating how
many.
3
Press ALT+O (OK).
Note: If the RDR mode radio button is selected, the “Always show this dialog”
check box will be disabled, to avoid having RDR as your only mode.
EditScript MT downloads your reviewed documents. If you have special permission to
view other transcriptionists’ documents, EditScript MT will download those as well. See
Allow users to see other transcriptionists’ documents on page 182.
206
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
Working in RDR mode
As in other EditScript MT modes, you can view the current work queue by pressing ALT+Q to
display the work queue grid. The procedures for viewing the work queue and retrieving
dictations are slightly different for transcriptionists and administrative users (users who have
rights to see other transcriptionists’ reviewed documents).
Work Queue Toolbar
Viewing the work queue in RDR mode (transcriptionists)
The work queue grid for transcriptionists shows reviewed dictations belonging to the
currently logged in user.
Steps:
1
Press ALT+Q to view the work queue grid.
2
You can optionally check the Show documents already seen by MT check box. If
checked, EditScript MT displays all documents with a status of Reviewed, Viewing, or
Seen by MT.
If this box is not checked, EditScript MT displays dictations whose review status is
either Reviewed or Viewing. Reviewed dictations that you have already seen will not be
shown in the work queue.
3
Press ALT+V to refresh the work queue.
EditScript MT displays a list of your reviewed documents. The documents will appear in
the order in which they were reviewed, from most recently reviewed to least recently
reviewed.
4
Press ALT+D.
EditScript MT gets the next dictation in the work queue whose review status is
Reviewed.
The marked up version of the document is loaded along with the MT Review header grid
info. If any pending reasons were associated with this document at the time of review,
then the Pending Reason grid will also be shown. Otherwise, the grid will not be shown.
If you prefer to hide the Pending Reason grid, press ALT+SHIFT+J or select ‘Toggle
Pending Reason Display’ from the Pending Reasons menu.
Note: If any pending reasons were assigned to the document after the review, they
will not be displayed.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
207
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
All of the fields in both the MT Review grid and the Pending Reason grid will be readonly.
Click on an error in the grid to highlight it in the document. While you are looking at the
dictation, its QA status is set to Viewing.
Viewing the work queue in RDR mode (administrative users)
Administrative users are users who have rights to see reviewed documents for multiple
transcriptionists and to see documents that were reviewed by all transcriptionists or by a
particular transcriptionist.
Reviewed Transcriptionist
Use the Reviewed Transcriptionist drop-down list to see a transcriptionist’s reviewed
documents.
Steps:
1
Press ALT+Q to view the work queue grid.
2
At the top of the grid, there is a Reviewed Transcriptionist text box. Here you enter
the name of the transcriptionist you want to review, or choose All to see the reviewed
documents for all reviewed transcriptionists. This box defaults to the currently logged in
user.
You can click the arrow for a drop-down list of available transcriptionists. Or you can
just start typing in the box (by last name). EditScript MT will automatically try to
complete the name for you. Pressing ALT+T will move the cursor to the box.
208
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
3
You can optionally check the Show documents already seen by MT check box. If
checked, EditScript MT displays all documents with a status of Reviewed, Viewing, or
Seen by MT.
If this box is not checked, EditScript MT displays dictations whose review status is
either Reviewed or Viewing. Reviewed dictations that have already been seen by the
selected transcriptionist will not be shown in the work queue.
4
Press ALT+V to refresh the work queue.
EditScript MT displays a list of reviewed documents for the selected transcriptionist(s).
The documents will appear in the order in which they were reviewed, from most
recently reviewed to least recently reviewed.
Because administrative users must specify which transcriptionist to review, and
because they are likely only interested in a specific subset of dictations, the ALT+U
shortcut will not work unless a work queue has been built in the work queue grid.
To construct a work queue, first select the dictations you want to review. Use
CTRL+click or SHIFT+click to select multiple entries.
5
Press ALT+Q or click the Construct your own work queue button
.
A prompt will indicate if your work queue was successfully built.
6
Click OK.
7
Press ALT+U.
EditScript MT downloads the files for the next dictation in that queue. The marked up
version of the document is loaded along with the MT Review header grid info. If any
pending reasons were associated with this document at the time of review, then the
Pending Reason grid will also be shown. Otherwise, the grid will not be shown. If you
prefer to hide the Pending Reason grid, press ALT+SHIFT+J or select ‘Toggle Pending
Reason Display’ from the Pending Reasons menu.
While you are looking at the dictation, its QA status remains Reviewed.
Reviewer
Use the Reviewer drop-down list to see documents that were reviewed by all
transcriptionists or by a particular transcriptionist.
Steps:
1
Press ALT+Q to view the work queue grid.
2
Also at the top of the dialog is a Reviewer text box. Use this box to select criteria that
lets you see documents reviewed by particular reviewers, regardless of reviewee.
You can enter the name of the reviewer or you can choose All to see the documents
reviewed by all transcriptionists. The list defaults to All.
3
Press ALT+V to refresh the work queue.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
209
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
EditScript MT displays a list of reviewed documents for the selected reviewers. The
documents will appear in the order in which they were reviewed, from most recently
reviewed to least recently reviewed.
Because administrative users are likely only interested in a specific subset of dictations,
the ALT+U shortcut will not work unless a work queue has been built in the work queue
grid.
To construct a work queue, first select the dictations you want to review. Use
CTRL+click or SHIFT+click to select multiple entries.
4
Press ALT+Q or click the Construct your own work queue button
.
A prompt will indicate if your work queue was successfully built.
5
Click OK.
6
Press ALT+U.
EditScript MT downloads the files for the next dictation in that queue. The marked up
version of the document is loaded along with the MT Review header grid info. If any
pending reasons were associated with this document at the time of review, then the
Pending Reason grid will also be shown. Otherwise, the grid will not be shown. If you
prefer to hide the Pending Reason grid, press ALT+SHIFT+J or select ‘Toggle Pending
Reason Display’ from the Pending Reasons menu.
While you are looking at the dictation, its QA status remains Reviewed.
Using both the Reviewed Transcriptionist and Reviewer text boxes
You can also select values in both the Reviewed Transcriptionist and Reviewer text
boxes at the same time. For example, if you select a transcriptionist and a reviewer, the
queue will display documents that the selected reviewer graded for the selected reviewee.
You will be allowed to select All for both the Reviewed Transcriptionist and Reviewer
text boxes simultaneously, however, doing so may take a significant amount of time and
would return many results.
Revising previously assigned scores
In RDR mode, you can now correct any grading mistakes that a reviewing transcriptionist may
have made. To use this feature, you must belong to a security group with the Use EditScript
to see reviewed documents for other transcriptionists security permission.
210
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
Steps:
1
With a document downloaded, click the Revise Score button next to the Accuracy/Line
score in the MT Review Code grid, or press ALT+SHIFT+X.
2
Delete any existing MT Review codes and/or add new MT Review codes.
The new score will be reflected in the Accuracy/Line score in the grid.
3
After revising the grade, you must upload the document using either the ALT+U or
ALT+SHIFT+U shortcut.
Note: Transcriptionists can only revise grades that apply to the current
transcriptionist that was reviewed. They cannot revise grades from other prerelease (Pending List Management) grading sessions.
Closing a document in RDR mode
When you close a document in RDR mode, and you are the transcriptionist who originally edited
the document, the status of the document is set to Seen by MT. If you are not the original
editor of the document, the status is set back to Reviewed, unless the current status is already
Seen by MT, in which case it remains Seen by MT.
Press ALT+U or ALT+SHIFT+U to close the document.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
211
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
Getting the average score for a set of reviewed documents
In RDR mode, you can select a set of reviewed dictations from the work queue and retrieve the
average score for that set of dictations. The average score will be weighted by total number of
lines, not total number of documents. It is calculated by totaling up the number of lines for all
selected dictations and subtracting the total error deductions, then dividing by the number of
lines x 100.
Steps:
1
From within the work queue grid, press ALT+V (refresh).
2
Select the dictations for which you want to see the average score.
3
Press the work queue grid shortcut (enabled only in RDR mode) which requests the
average score for that set of documents
4
212
.
EditScript MT displays the average score as a percentage for the selected list of
dictations.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
Click to calculate
average score
Select which MT’s reviewed
dictations you want to see
View average
score
EditScript MT User Guide V10
213
Chapter 5: Working in MT Review Mode
214
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Working in Pending List
Management Mode
6
EditScript MT allows you to view and manage
the list of documents that currently have a
pending status. Through the Pending List
Management mode, you can review, correct,
and unpend documents that were pended by
MTs or validation rules.
While editing or transcribing a document, MTs
might encounter certain issues they cannot
resolve; for example, the clinician’s voice is
inaudible. In such an instance, it becomes
necessary to pend the document. When a
document is pended, it is essentially put on
hold, and cannot be uploaded until the cause
for the pended state is resolved, and the
document is manually unpended. For
instructions on pending a document, see
Chapter 4: Working in EditScript MT on
page 99.
New in v10, MTs working in Transcription or
Pending List Management mode can pend
documents by attaching administrator-defined
pending reasons (with optional, free-text
comments) to a document instead of typing a
free-text pending note. See this chapter for
information on how to resolve these pending
reasons.
Topics discussed in this chapter:

Setting Up Pending List
Management Mode

Selecting Dictations

Working with a Pended
Document

Exiting Pending List Management
Mode

Auto-pended Messages

Working with Pending Reasons

Resolving Pending Reasons

Providing MT Review Feedback
Additionally, while working in Pending List
Management mode, reviewers can now
provide MT Review grading feedback for the
reviewer who most recently graded the
document.
215
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
Setting Up Pending List Management Mode
You must have the appropriate permissions to work in the Pending List Management mode of
EditScript MT. These permissions are assigned in your security group membership and your
EditScript Profile by your administrator through EMon.
Security Group Settings
Security groups allows your institution to effectively maintain control over the system and
workflow. Your security group membership gives you permission to work in the Pending List
Management mode and restrict the type of dictations you can work on. For more information on
security groups, see the EMon User Guide.
To work in Pending List Management mode, you must be part of an eScriptionist EditScript
MT Permissions security group with the right to Use EditScript to manage your pending
list.
Depending on the established workflow at your institution, it is often necessary to route specific
documents in the pended queue to an exclusive list of eScriptionists. For instance, perhaps you
want one group to only see all emergency room pended documents, and another to only view
pended documents for a certain clinician. This is set up through security group restrictions. You
must also make sure that the restrictions are not so strict as to prevent an eScriptionist from
being able to select and view enough pended dictations.
EditScript Profile Settings
The eScriptionist Profile dialog contains settings that affect which mode of EditScript MT you
can enter. Follow the steps below to ensure that the Pending List Management mode will be
available when you log into EditScript MT.
Steps:
1
In EMon, click on the eScriptionist tab.
2
Search for and select the eScriptionist requiring access to Pending List Management
mode.
3
Click Profile.
The EditScript Profile dialog appears.
4
Click on the QA tab.
5
Check the box for Enabled for Pending List Review. You can also make Pending List
Management the default work queue in EditScript MT, by selecting that mode from the
Work queue mode drop-down menu.
216
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
To prompt the eScriptionist to select the mode they would like to work in when they
load EditScript MT, check the box for Prompt for Work Queue Mode.
Tip: We recommend that you select this box for any MT or manager who will be
working in more than one mode.
6
Click OK when complete.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
217
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
Logging in to Pending List Management Mode
Once you have been granted access to Pending List Management mode, you can log in by
following the steps below.
Note: You must log out of EditScript MT to change the work mode.
Steps:
1
Double-click on the EditScript MT icon on your desktop, or on the EditScript MT entry
under Start>Programs>eScription.
The Login dialog appears.
2
Enter your Login Name, Password, Institution (short name, assigned by
Dragon Medical 360 | eScription) and System (Test or Production) using the tab key to
jump to the different fields. Once you have entered the required information, tab to the
OK button and press Enter.
If you need to go back and change any of the information you entered, use the
SHIFT+TAB keys.
Note: User names are unique between the Production and Test systems. You do
not automatically have access to both.
3
If prompted, select Pending List Management as the work queue mode you wish to
work in, then press ALT+O (OK).
If you plan to work only in Pending List Management mode of EditScript MT, and you do
not want to be prompted the next time you start EditScript MT, uncheck the Always
show this dialog.
If the Prompt was not selected in your profile, you will enter the default mode selected
in your EditScript Profile.
The Login dialog will remain visible until the various startup procedures have been
accomplished. You can track the progress of these procedures directly from the dialog.
218
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
When complete, the blank, default typing screen appears.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
219
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
Selecting Dictations
Once you have successfully logged in to the Pending List Management mode of EditScript MT,
the blank, default typing screen appears. Your first step is to build a work queue. The work
queue in EditScript MT is a dialog window through which you can select and organize the
pended documents you want to review and unpend.
Note: Only documents you have access to see will be viewable in the work queue.
Document access is set through your security group membership in EMon. See the EMon
User Guide for more information.
Sorting the work queue
Depending on your needs, you can sort the work queue by all of the columns available. Some
columns that are especially important include priority and problem note. These columns can be
extremely helpful when choosing which dictations to work on in Pending List Management
mode.
Tip: In the event that a limited number of dictations appear in your Pending List work
queue, make sure there are no restrictions on the jobs you are allowed to see (EMon). For
instance, an eScriptionist is assigned work only for one dictating clinician. The jobs that
would be available in her queue would be limited to dictations by that clinician, and only
220
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
that clinician. If you plan to work in Pending List Management mode, your account should
be configured so that you can view all available jobs. Contact your manager for assistance.
The dictations in your work queue have already been assigned a priority based on their
expected turn around times. We recommend sorting and downloading dictations based on their
priority. This help ensures that documents meet their required turn around time even if they
are pended. A job is considered STAT when it has been assigned a priority of 1 or 2. STAT
dictations, also known as high priority dictations, require immediate attention and should be
resolved before all other dictations in your queue.
In addition, you can view the problem note (reason a dictation was pended) in the work queue.
The problem note is another factor you should use when choosing to download and work on a
particular dictation. You want to use Pending List Management mode for dictations that have
issues with the text of the document or need the audio. Header information is easier to correct
in the Message tab of EMon.
Building your work queue
Follow the steps below to build your work queue.
Steps:
1
Press ALT+Q or click Dictations> View Work Queue from the EditScript MT toolbar.
The Dictations in Queue dialog appears.
2
Press ALT+V or click the Refresh icon
.
All pended dictations appear in the queue.
3
Sort the dictations as needed to determine which pended documents to resolve.
4
Select the pended documents you want to review. This can be done in a few different
ways:
To select a sequential group of documents, click on the first document. While it is
selected, press the SHIFT key, and click on the last document. The two documents and
everything between will be selected.
To select multiple documents out of sequence, click on the first document, then press
the CTRL key and (while holding it down) click on any additional documents.
5
Click ALT+D. The dictations are checked out and downloaded to your machine.
Note: When you log out of EditScript MT, the dictations are released from your
queue.
6
Press ALT+Q to exit the work queue.
7
If your work queue was successfully built, a confirmation appears. Click OK.
If this is not the first work queue you have built in the current session, a dialog appears
stating:
EditScript MT User Guide V10
221
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
“You still have downloaded dictations in your work queue you constructed earlier in this
session. Do you want to add the selected dictations to that work queue?”
8
Click Yes to combine the dictations in the new work queue with those in the queue you
previously constructed.
EditScript MT downloads all dictations you selected to your queue behind the ones you
previously selected.
222
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
Working with a Pended Document
Once you have built your work queue, follow the same workflow to retrieve and upload
documents as you would in the standard editing mode of EditScript MT. When you retrieve a
document (ALT+U), EditScript MT automatically pulls the next document in the order they were
added to your work queue.
Note: Only documents with a status of Pending can be processed in Pending List
Management mode.
To retrieve a pended document from your work queue, follow the steps below.
Steps:
1
Press ALT+U or click Dictations> Get Next Dictation from the EditScript toolbar.
The Downloading your next dictation progress bar appears. EditScript MT downloads
the dictation to your queue. After a few moments, the dictation appears in the
EditScript MT work area.
The Pending Box appears, through which you can review the note that was left by the
individual who pended the document or the validation rule that pended the document.
2
Press ALT+O to close the pending note and begin work on the document.
Note: If the document was edited in EMon prior to being downloaded in Pending
List Management mode, the Voice Cursor (red box) in EditScript MT may not be
available.
Note: The Voice Cursor is not available for reports that were not speechrecognized.
Tip: Once you close the Pending Box, you can display it at any time by pressing
ALT+Y.
3
When done, press ALT+U or click Dictations> Upload current dictation and get
next from the EditScript MT toolbar to upload the current job and download another.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
223
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
The Pending Note dialog appears.
4
Review the pending note and check that all issues are resolved.
5
Press ALT+U to unpend the document. The Additional Distribution Preferences dialog
appears.
Note: You cannot upload a document while working offline. Any document that you
close while working offline, either by the “X” icon or by retrieving another dictation,
will be automatically saved for later upload.
If the document still has unresolved issues you can update the pending note and then
press ALT+P to pend the document again.
If you decide to continue working on the document, press ALT+L to cancel the upload.
224
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
6
Select any additional distribution preferences that are needed when you upload a
complete dictation. You can specify how to distribute the unpended document in
addition to the distribution rules that have already been configured by your institution.
IMPORTANT! Most of the time you will NOT need to perform additional distribution.
Simply press ALT+O to continue from the dialog.
Note: To distribute documents, you must have the appropriate
Dragon Medical 360 | eScription components.
7
Press ALT+O when done or if no additional distribution is needed.
The next dictation in your queue appears.
Pending Note dialog
The Pending Note dialog gives you several options for what to do when you are viewing the
pending note. You can view, edit, or clear the pending note at any time. The pending note
action buttons are described below.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
225
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
Clear Pending Note
Press ALT+R to clear the pending note. To accept clearing the note, press ALT+O.
Edit the Pending Note
Once you have changed or replaced the pending note, press ALT+O to accept the
change and exit the dialog.
Additional Distribution Preferences dialog
Use the additional distribution preferences when you need to send a document to a location
that is not included in the documents normal distribution rules.
You would use additional distribution if you needed to send a document to a location that
was not specified in its distribution rules such as if a document needs to go to a consulting
clinician.
IMPORTANT! Most of the time you will NOT need to perform additional distribution.
Simply press ALT+O to continue from the dialog.
Print to this printer
Check to select a printer device from the drop-down menu. The unpended document
will print to the selected printer. Use of this service requires PrintScript at your
institution.
Fax to this phone number
Check this setting to fax the unpended document to the number you specify. Use of this
service requires FaxScript at your institution.
Email to this address
Check this setting to email the unpended document to the address you specify. Use of
this service requires EDT/Email at your institution.
226
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
Exiting Pending List Management Mode
Follow the steps below to exit the Pending List Management Mode.
Steps:
1
When you complete a dictation, press ALT+SHIFT+U, or click Dictations> Upload
Current Dictation to upload the current job without downloading another dictation.
The Pending Note dialog appears.
2
Review the pending note and check that all issues have been resolved.
3
Press ALT+U to unpend the document. The Additional Distribution Preferences dialog
appears.
Note: You cannot upload a document while working offline. Any document that you
close while working offline, either by the “X” icon or by retrieving another dictation,
will be automatically saved for later upload.
If the document still has unresolved issues you can update the pending note and then
press ALT+P to pend the document again.
If you decide to continue working on the document, press ALT+L to cancel the upload.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
227
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
4
Select any additional distribution preferences needed when you upload the dictation.
You can specify how to distribute the unpended document in addition to the distribution
rules that have already been configured by your institution.
IMPORTANT! Most of the time you will NOT need to perform additional distribution.
Simply press ALT+O to continue from the dialog.
Note: To distribute documents, you must have the appropriate
Dragon Medical 360 | eScription components.
5
Press ALT+O to OK the settings or to exit the dialog if no additional distribution is
needed.
EditScript MT returns to a blank word document and does not download another
dictation.
6
228
To exit, click the X in the right hand corner, and then click Yes.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
Auto-pended Messages
In addition to documents that are manually pended by the transcription staff, the system can
be configured through EMon to flag and pend documents automatically based on Validation
Rules. Documents that are automatically pended appear in the Pending List queue.
Common Pended Notes
Below are some common pended notes you would work on in the Pending List Management
Mode.
•
•
No text in document
Document text contains more then a specified number of blanks (5 underscores or
more)
•
The document must be pended at least once
•
The document text is always pended
•
The transcriptionist did not play all of the audio
EditScript MT User Guide V10
229
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
Working with Pending Reasons
New functionality in v10 allows transcriptionists in Transcription mode and reviewers in Pending
List Management (PLM) mode to attach pre-defined pending criteria to a document. Pending
criteria are institution-wide conditions that can cause a dictation to be pended, and are defined
by administrators working in EMon. A pending reason—a unique instance of a pending criteria—
can be created for each issue found.
Pending reasons are used in conjunction with pending document tasks (PDTs), a collection of
pending criteria that control the routing of pended documents to transcriptionists who
specialize in resolving certain types of issues. See the EMon User Guide v10 for more
information.
To use this functionality, an administrator must have enabled the Use Enhanced Pending List
Management and Enhanced MT Review Features options in the Application Features dialog
(see the EMon User Guide for details).
Pending Reasons menu
Using new shortcuts and options on the new Pending Reasons menu, users who resolve pended
documents can navigate through these pending reasons and resolve them. For more detailed
descriptions of each menu item, see Pending Reasons menu options: in Chapter 4 on page 153.
Resolved pending reasons will be reflected in a Pending Reason grid in the QA header (see
Resolving Pending Reasons on page 232).
If your institution uses Enhanced Pending List Management, use the following procedures to
resolve pending reasons.
230
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
Logging in to PLM mode
The procedure for logging in to Enhanced Pending List Management mode is the same as it is
for regular Pending List Management mode. See Logging in to Pending List Management
Mode on page 218.
Building a work queue
Once you have successfully logged in to Pending List Management mode, the blank, default
typing screen appears. Your next step is to build a work queue. The work queue is a dialog
window through which you can select and organize the pended documents you want to review
and unpend.
Note: When using pending reasons in conjunction with pending document tasks (PDTs),
only documents that have been routed to you will be viewable in your work queue.
Document routing and access is determined by PDTs and security groups in EMon. See the
EMon v10 User Guide for more information.
Follow the steps below to build your work queue.
Steps:
1
Press ALT+Q or click Dictations> View Work Queue from the EditScript MT toolbar.
The Dictations in Queue dialog appears.
2
Press ALT+V or click the Refresh icon
.
All pended dictations to which you have access appear in the queue.
3
Sort the dictations as needed to determine which pended documents to resolve.
4
Select the pended documents you want to review. This can be done in a few different
ways:
EditScript MT User Guide V10
231
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
To select a sequential group of documents, click on the first document. While it is
selected, press the SHIFT key, and click on the last document. The two documents and
everything between will be selected.
To select multiple documents out of sequence, click on the first document, then press
the CTRL key and (while holding it down) click on any additional documents.
5
Click ALT+D. The dictations are checked out and downloaded to your machine.
Note: When you log out of EditScript MT, the dictations are released from your
queue.
6
Press ALT+Q to exit the work queue.
7
If your work queue was successfully built, a confirmation appears. Click OK.
Resolving Pending Reasons
Once you have built your work queue, follow the same workflow to retrieve and upload
documents as you would in the standard editing mode of EditScript MT. When you retrieve a
document (ALT+U), EditScript MT automatically pulls the next document in the order they were
added to your work queue. Documents will appear in the EditScript MT work area. Initially, the
QA header will initially be displayed rather than the standard EditScript MT header. The QA
header shows the Pending Reason and MT Review grids.
If you have permissions to do pre-release MT Review (see Providing MT Review Feedback on
page 236), but want to focus only on pending reasons, you can press ALT+SHIFT+M or select
Toggle MT Review Display from the MT Review menu to hide the MT Review grid and the
related bookmarks in the document.
Note: You cannot hide the Pending Reason grid in PLM mode.
232
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
The Pending Reason grid contains the following information:
Column
Description
#
A numeric identifier that uniquely identifies this pending reason
within the context of this document (read-only).
Pending Reason
A drop-down list showing the pending criteria description for the
pending reason.
Entered by
The name of the MT who added the pending reason (read-only).
This is the name entered for the MT in the Properties dialog in
EMon.
Resolved by
The user name of the MT who resolved the pending reason. This is
the name entered for the MT in the Properties dialog in EMon.
This column is blank if the pending reason has not yet been
resolved (read-only).
Comment
A comment associated with the pending reason.
Resolving a pending reason relating to an entry in the document
The steps below describe how to resolve a pending reason that exists in the body of the
document.
Steps:
1
Press ALT+U or click Dictations> Get Next Dictation from the EditScript toolbar.
The Downloading your next dictation progress bar appears. EditScript MT downloads
the dictation to your queue. After a few moments, the dictation appears in the
EditScript MT work area.
2
Fix the issue related to the pending reason.
3
In the Pending Reason grid, highlight the row or use the arrows to move to a cell in the
row that contains the pending reason you want to resolve, and press ALT+SHIFT+G.
or
From within the text of the document, press either ALT+] or ALT+[ to toggle
backwards or forwards to the issue you want to resolve.
4
Press ALT+SHIFT+G.
The row in the grid is marked as resolved. The markup in the document is deleted, and
the comment (if applicable) remains in the grid.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
233
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
When a pending reason is resolved, its grid entry is updated to show that the logged in
transcriptionist resolved the pending reason and the pending reason’s related bookmark is
struck through (see the blue shaded resolved pending reasons below).
Resolving a pending reason in the header
The steps below describe how to resolve a pending reason that exists in the header of the
document.
Steps:
1
Log in to Pending List Management mode and download a document.
2
Press ALT+E to display the standard EditScript MT header.
3
Fix the issue in the header.
4
Press ALT+SHIFT+P to display the QA header.
5
Use the arrow keys to move to the row in the grid containing the pending reason that
was resolved.
or
Highlight the row in the grid containing the pending reason that was fixed.
6
Press ALT+SHIFT+G to mark the issue as resolved.
The row in the table is marked as resolved.
If you mistakenly resolve a pending reason, you can press ALT+SHIFT+G again to unresolve it,
if the pending reason was initially resolved in the current session. Once a pending reason is
resolved and uploaded, its resolution status can no longer be changed.
You can also add a new pending reason while working in Enhanced Pending List Management.
See Attaching Pending Reasons to a Document in Chapter 4 on page 151 for details.
234
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
Uploading a document in Pending List Management mode
A new transcriptionist option called Prompt on Unpend has been added to the Transcription
tab of the EditScript Profile for each transcriptionist. If checked, users will receive a prompt
asking if they want to unpend the document before uploading it. The document must have no
unresolved pending reasons in order for the transcriptionist to receive this prompt. If this
option is not checked, the document will upload normally.
Steps:
1
After resolving all pending reasons in the document, press ALT+U or ALT+SHIFT+U.
A dialog appears asking if you want to unpend the document (if the Prompt on
Unpend option is checked in your profile).
2
Click OK.
The document is uploaded.
If you decide to continue working on the document, click Cancel. You will return to the
document and can continue to add new pending reasons.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
235
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
Providing MT Review Feedback
New in version 10, reviewers can provide MT Review feedback while working in Pending List
Management (PLM) mode. There is no need to log out of PLM mode and re-log in to MT Review
mode. Called pre-release MT Review, this feature allows transcriptionists with the proper
permissions to provide MT Review feedback while logged in to Pending List Management mode.
Marking up a document in PLM mode is very similar to marking up documents in MT Review
mode (see Working in MT Review Mode in Chapter 5 on page 179). The main difference is the
inclusion of MT Review codes from previous grading sessions. For instance, if MT_1 is graded by
Reviewer_1 and then Reviewer_1 is graded by Reviewer_2, the MT review codes added by
Reviewer_1 and Reviewer_2 would be visible to Reviewer_3. The feedback of the current
session is applied to the last reviewer who uploaded the document.
Note: Any existing codes will be read-only.
To use this feature, the Enhanced MT Review Features option must be enabled in the
Applications dialog. And, for PLM users, at least one of the new MT Review modes in the
EditScript Profile dialog must be selected (EMon> eScriptionist tab> Profile button> QA tab).
See the EMon User Guide v10 for information on enabling features.
QA header in PLM mode
When you log in to PLM mode and download a document, the QA header will initially be
displayed. This header shows the Pending Reason grid (if the Use Enhanced Pending List
Management option is also enabled) and the MT Review grid. If you do not have permission to
review other transcriptionists’ work (see Allow users to review documents in Chapter 5 on
page 181), or if the document being worked on was uploaded by you, the grid will be read-only.
EditScript MT will not allow you to review your own document.
If you have permissions to do pre-release MT Review, but want to focus only on pending
reasons, you can press ALT+SHIFT+M or select Toggle MT Review Display from the MT
Review menu to hide the MT Review grid and the related bookmarks in the document. To
redisplay the MT Review grid and related bookmarks, press ALT+SHIFT+M or select Toggle
MT Review Display again.
236
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
Note: You cannot hide the Pending Reason grid in PLM mode.
Entering a new MT Review code into a document in PLM mode
Follow the steps below to add an MT Review code directly into the text of the document.
Steps:
1
Log in to Pending List Management mode and download a document.
2
Correct an error in the text.
3
Press ALT+SHIFT+Q to display the QA header (if it isn't displayed already).
4
Press ALT+\.
A drop-down box appears next to the cursor.
5
From the drop-down box, highlight an error, or start typing it in. Press ENTER to select
it.
6
To add a comment, press ALT+SHIFT+C. The cursor will move to the comments field
of the most recently added error.
Text markups are shown as part of the standard track changes feature in Word.
Inserted text appears as colored text. Word determines the color of each user’s markup
automatically. Deletions will not appear as markup (they are hidden) due to a limitation
in Word.
A new row is added to the grid in the header with the selected grading criteria
information and any comments that were added. The accuracy score for the dictation is
updated to reflect the new grading criteria.
7
Press ALT+SHIFT+Q to return the cursor to the text.
To cancel adding an error, press Escape or click elsewhere in the document.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
237
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
Enhanced In-Text MT Review Interface option
This optional feature allows EditScript MT to capture both the error text and corrected text
when adding an in-text MT Review code to a document. When you press ALT+\ or select Add
In-text Error from the MT Review menu, a new dialog prompts you for the corrected text, the
error criteria, and a comment. After clicking ‘OK’, the corrected text will be inserted into the
dictation, replacing the original text. Both the incorrect and corrected text will be available for
subsequent reporting.
This feature is intended for users who are providing MT Review feedback in Pending List
Management mode.
To enable this option, administrators in EMon check the Enhanced In-Text MT Review option
in the Application Features console.
Marking an error in the header grid only
General comments or errors found in the standard header do not correspond to any particular
place in the document. These types of items are entered directly into the QA header.
Steps:
1
Press ALT+SHIFT+\.
The cursor moves to a new row in the header grid.
2
Select an MT Review code and enter a comment.
The grading criteria and comment are saved in the header grid. Nothing is added to the
text of the dictation.
238
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
If you try to enter a comment without selecting an MT Review code, an error message
will appear.
Deleting an error
If you would like to delete an error that you have mistakenly inserted into the document, and
remove it from the header, follow the steps below. No points will be deducted.
Note: You can only delete rows that you have added in the current session. You cannot
delete grades added by you or by others in previous Pending List Management sessions. In
RDR mode, you can only delete rows if you have the permission to revise scores (see
Revising previously assigned scores in Chapter 5 on page 210).
Steps:
1
Press ALT+SHIFT+Q to put the focus in the QA header.
2
In the grid, select the header row you want to delete.
3
Press DELETE.
The following message appears.
4
Click Yes to continue. The header row will be deleted.
Calculating grades while reviewing in Pending List Management mode
EditScript MT will calculate transcriptionists grades during pre-release MT Review based on the
number of lines in the document when the reviewer downloaded the document (or when the
reviewee uploaded it). Thus, if the reviewer adds or deletes lines while assigning MT Review
codes, the number of lines added or deleted will not affect the score assigned to the reviewee.
Assigning a 100% score
If you find no errors in a document, and there are no MT codes associated with the document,
you can assign a score of 100%. Press ALT+SHIFT+0 or select Toggle 100% Grade from
the MT Review menu. If the review grade is already set to 100%, then selecting this option
again will cause EditScript MT to clear the grade, or set it to <blank>.
When you assign a score of 100% to a document while in Pending List Management mode, the
MT who last uploaded the document will be credited with 100% for that dictation. In Pending
List Management mode, unlike MT Review mode, you are not required to assign any grades to
the user; you may upload the document with grades set to ‘None Assigned’, or <blank>.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
239
Chapter 6: Working in Pending List Management Mode
Uploading a document
When you are finished reviewing and scoring a document in MT Review mode:
1
Press ALT+U to upload it.
The marked-up dictation and the header grid information are uploaded. Its QA status
will change to Reviewed.
2
240
Press ENTER to upload.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Maximizing Productivity
in EditScript MT
7
There are several features in EditScript MT
that, when used, will help you work more
efficiently and be your most productive.
Considering that your compensation is often
dependent on the number of lines you are
credited with for a given date range, it is in
your best interest to learn and utilize the
productivity-enhancing features that are
available to you.
Topics discussed in this chapter:

Using EditScript MT Mouse-free

Productivity-enhancing Features

Other Tips for MTs
Throughout this guide, program shortcuts are
recommended over function icons and menu
items that require use of a mouse. This is
because EditScript MT is intended to be a
mouse-free environment. This phrase is used
often by our training department, and with
good reason. Use of program shortcuts has
been established as the one workflow change
that will produce the greatest improvement in
your productivity. Shortcuts save you time,
allowing you to complete more documents
and increase the number of lines you edit/
transcribe in a given time frame.
This chapter highlights the features and
capabilities in EditScript MT that have the
greatest potential benefit you during your
day-to-day tasks in the program. It is highly
recommended that you learn and master the
following features.
241
Chapter 7: Maximizing Productivity in EditScript MT
Using EditScript MT Mouse-free
The use of keyboard shortcuts and other EditScript MT features by transcriptionists is closely
monitored by Dragon Medical 360 | eScription through its detailed Feature-Usage Analysis
report (available on EditScript Online). By analyzing these reports, and through direct
communication with MTs and Transcription Managers in the field, we have found that the
fastest transcriptionists on the Dragon Medical 360 | eScription system use keyboard shortcuts
in place of their mouse.
EditScript MT allows you to perform nearly all of your day-to-day tasks in the program with
keyboard shortcuts. We recommend that you familiarize yourself with the keyboard shortcuts
that can be used in the program to significantly increase your productivity.
242
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 7: Maximizing Productivity in EditScript MT
Essential Word shortcuts
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
Home
Moves the text cursor to the beginning of the current line.
End
Moves the text cursor to the end of the current line.
CTRL+Home
Moves the text cursor to the beginning of the file.
CTRL+End
Moves the text cursor to the end of the file.
CTRL+left arrow
Moves the text cursor to the left word-by-word.
CTRL+right arrow
Moves the text cursor to the right word-by-word.
CTRL+up arrow
Moves the text cursor to the beginning of the current paragraph.
CTRL+down arrow
Moves the text cursor to the line below the current paragraph.
CTRL+SHIFT+left arrow
Highlights text to the left of the text cursor word-by-word.
CTRL+SHIFT+right arrow
Highlights text to the right of the text cursor word-by-word.
CTRL+SHIFT+up arrow
Highlights the current paragraph upwards in the document paragraphby-paragraph.
CTRL+SHIFT+down arrow
Highlights the current paragraph down the document paragraph-byparagraph.
CTRL+Backspace
Deletes text to the left of the text cursor word-by-word.
CTRL+Delete
Deletes text to the right of the text cursor word-by-word.
CTRL+C
Copies selected text to the clipboard (to comply with HIPAA regulations, you cannot copy text outside of EditScript MT).
CTRL+X
Copies selected text to the clipboard and deletes the original.
CTRL+V
Pastes text from the clipboard to the current text cursor position.
CTRL+Z
Undoes the last action.
To undo shortcuts that perform multiple edits, such as Alt+<period>
and Alt+Shift+<colon>, you need to press Ctrl+Z twice. For example,
in the case of Alt+<period>, a period is added to the previous word,
two spaces are inserted after the period, and the next word is capitalized. Pressing Ctrl+Z once undoes the capitalization, and pressing
Ctrl+Z a second time removes the extra spaces and the period.
CTRL+Y
Redo the last undo (repeats the last action).
SHIFT+F3
Toggles the word at the text cursor through the proper case (Boston),
uppercase (BOSTON), and lowercase (boston).
EditScript MT User Guide V10
243
Chapter 7: Maximizing Productivity in EditScript MT
EditScript MT audio/editing shortcuts
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
Center foot pedal or
ALT+A
Plays the dictation audio.
Release center foot pedal
or ALT+P
Pauses the dictation audio at the current location of the voice cursor.
ALT+D
Resets, (rewinds) the dictation audio back to the beginning (before
the Header).
Right foot pedal or ALT+G
Rewinds the dictation audio word-by-word.
Left foot pedal or ALT+F
Forwards the dictation audio word-by-word.
ALT+SHIFT+: (colon)
Inserts a colon (:) at the end of the word where the cursor is currently
positioned and automatically creates two spaces and capitalizes the
first letter of the word after the new colon.
ALT+. (period)
Inserts a period (.) at the end of the word where the cursor is currently
positioned and automatically creates two spaces and capitalizes the
first letter of the word after the new period.
ALT+, (comma)
Inserts a comma (,) at the end of the word where the cursor is currently positioned.
ALT+L
Capitalizes the first letter of the selected word and all other occurrences of that word in the document.
ALT+SHIFT+L
Makes the first letter of the selected word lowercase as well as all
other occurrences of that word in the document.
ALT+K
Moves the text cursor to the voice cursor and highlights the word
automatically, allowing you to make the necessary edits.
ALT+SHIFT+K
Moves the voice cursor to the text cursor, useful when you need to
rewind to a specific word.
ALT+I
Displays the Insert Contact Name dialog, through which you can
insert a contact into the body of the document.
ALT+M
Displays the Insert Template dialog, through which you can select a
template to insert into the body of the document.
ALT+Y
Displays the Pending Note dialog through which you can enter a
pending note for the current dictation.
ALT+1 (display)
ALT+5 (hide)
Shows or hides the audio control dialog, allowing you to monitor how
much of the audio you have heard and how much remains.
ALT+3 (decrease)
ALT+4 (increase)
Controls the volume of the audio.
ALT+1 (decrease)
ALT+2 (increase)
ALT+Z (normal)
Controls the speed of the audio.
ALT+S or ALT+SHIFT+S
Toggles between the Play Silent Parts of Dictation Rapidly and Play
Silent Parts of Dictation at Normal Speed features.
244
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 7: Maximizing Productivity in EditScript MT
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
ALT+SHIFT+right arrow
Search for completed and uploaded dictations.
EditScript MT workflow shortcuts
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
ALT+Q
Displays your work queue.
ALT+V
Displays all dictations in your queue and refreshes the display.
ALT+U
Downloads a new dictation for editing or transcription. The first time
this shortcut is used, EditScript MT will download three (the default)
documents to your computer. The first of these, or the one that
requires the quickest turnaround time, will open in EditScript MT. This
may take a few moments.
Also use ALT+U to upload a finished document and download the
next from your queue. EditScript MT will automatically replace that
dictation in your queue, ensuring that there will always be work for
you to download. By default, three dictations are waiting in your
queue at all times.
ALT+SHIFT+U
Uploads the current dictation but does not download another. Use this
shortcut when you need to walk away from the program or take a
break. Because there is no dictation on your screen, your line-countper-hour meter will stop running.
Note: Dictations will remain in your queue until you exit
EditScript MT or until your Hours Before Unlock setting expires
(5 hours is the default).
ALT+N
Closes the current document without saving it and open the next dictation in your work queue. The unsaved dictation returns to your
queue and is not released until you log out (click the X in the upper
right corner of your screen). This shortcut is not recommended.
ALT+SHIFT+A
Allows you to link an amendment to its original document.
ALT+X
Allows you to view your MT metrics within a specified date range.
ALT+SHIFT+!
Retrieves the next high-priority dictation from your queue (if available).
ALT+O
Displays the EditScript MT Profile Options dialog through which you
can change foot pedal, transcription and work queues settings.
Header shortcuts
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
ALT+E
Toggles the text cursor between the header and the document.
ALT+P
Moves the text cursor to the Patient Last Name field.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
245
Chapter 7: Maximizing Productivity in EditScript MT
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
ALT+M
Moves the text cursor to the MRN field.
ALT+W
Moves the focus to the Work type field.
ALT+K
Moves the focus to the Speaker field.
ALT+D
Moves the focus to the Procedure Date field.
ALT+S
Launches the patient information search dialog.
ALT+H
Launches context-sensitive Help.
ALT+O
Confirms any changes made in the header.
ALT+R
Resets the fields in the header to their original state.
ALT+B
Moves the focus to the Business Entity field.
ALT+C
Launches the contact list dialog so that you can search for and add
contacts to the dictation.
ALT+V
Moves the focus to the Visit Grid.
246
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 7: Maximizing Productivity in EditScript MT
Productivity-enhancing Features
Through our reporting system, we are able to monitor what tools in EditScript MT have the
greatest benefit to transcriptionist productivity. We have discovered that transcriptionists who
use the shortcut tools described below can greatly increase the average number of lines edited
per hour in EditScript MT and improve their editing accuracy.The following graph details the
increase in edited lines per hour based on the number of productivity-enhancing features used.
Average productivity improvement using EditScript MT productivity-enhancing
features.
NUMBER OF PRODUCTIVITYENHANCING FEATURES USED
AVERAGE LINES PER HOUR
0
236
1
272
2
382
3
410
4
516
5
611*
Note: * This is an average based on a small data set. Your Average Lines per Hour numbers
may be higher or lower.
Control Navigation
The CTRL+Arrow(s) combination allows you to move the text cursor much more quickly than
you could with the mouse. When you use these shortcuts, you do not have to move your hands
from the typing position, allowing for a more seamless editing environment.
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
CTRL+left arrow
Moves the text cursor to the left word-by-word
CTRL+right arrow
Moves the text cursor to the right word-by-word
CTRL+up arrow
Moves the text cursor to the beginning of current paragraph
CTRL+down arrow
Moves the text cursor to the line below current paragraph
EditScript MT User Guide V10
247
Chapter 7: Maximizing Productivity in EditScript MT
Use Correction Macros
The EditScript MT correction macros have been proven to dramatically increase editing speed.
Again, because you do not have to shift your hands from the typing position to the mouse,
editing through these shortcuts is seamless and allows you to do more work in less time.
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
ALT+. (period)
Inserts a period
ALT+, (comma)
Inserts a comma
ALT+SHIFT+: (colon)
Inserts a colon
ALT+L
Capitalizes all occurrences of a word
ALT+SHIFT+L
Makes all occurrences of a word lowercase
Limited Arrow Navigation
Navigation of the EditScript MT work area is made easier using the arrow key(s) in combination
with the CTRL key.
Use Multiple Cursors
The use of multiple cursors and their shortcuts allow you to quickly prepare for edits, and helps
you to avoid having to reach for the mouse to change the location of the text cursor.
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
ALT+K
Moves the text cursor to the voice cursor
ALT+SHIFT+K
Moves the voice cursor to the text cursor
Play Audio Faster
The ALT+2 shortcut increases the speed of the dictation audio. As you become more familiar
with the shortcuts and editing capabilities in EditScript MT, gradually increasing the default
audio speed will help you complete more jobs in less time.
Note: Though increase of audio speed is recommended, it is important to maintain a
comfortable speed that does not jeopardize the quality and accuracy of your work.
248
SHORTCUT
DESCRIPTION
ALT+2
Increases the audio speed
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 7: Maximizing Productivity in EditScript MT
Other Tips for MTs
In addition to constant use of the program shortcuts, the following tips will assist you in
increasing your productivity in EditScript MT.
Hide the EditScript MT feature icons
EditScript MT allows you to perform nearly all of your day-to-day tasks in the program using
only keyboard shortcuts. We recommend that you take the time to familiarize yourself with the
keyboard shortcuts. Use of these shortcuts will significantly increase your productivity.
The quickest way to adapt to a mouse-free environment is to hide the EditScript feature icons
and work solely from the keyboard shortcuts. This can be done by asking your transcription
manager or administrator to enable the Hide buttons that have shortcuts setting in EMon.
Hiding EditScript feature icons (through EMon):
1
From the eScriptionist tab, search for and select the transcriptionist whose profile you
want to change.
2
Click Profile.
The EditScript Profile dialog appears.
3
Click on the box for Hide buttons that have shortcuts setting.
4
Click OK. When you log into EditScript MT the next time, the shortcut icons no longer
appear.
Before (default layout)
EditScript MT User Guide V10
249
Chapter 7: Maximizing Productivity in EditScript MT
After (when hidden)
Use the AutoCorrect feature
The AutoCorrect word expander utility available in Word can be used to increase your editing
speed. AutoCorrect is much like other abbreviation-expander programs (FlashForward,
ShortCut, PRD, etc.), in that it allows you to enter a word by typing only a few characters; for
instance, “hypn” for “hypertension.” In addition, AutoCorrect can be used to automatically
detect and correct typos, misspelled words, and incorrect capitalization, greatly reducing the
amount of time you spend editing a document.
AutoCorrect can be configured through the Macros> AutoCorrect menu in the EditScript toolbar.
Through the AutoCorrect dialog, you can configure the AutoCorrect feature so that it functions
as you want. For information on importing your existing AutoCorrect lists so that they can be
used with EditScript MT, see Chapter 3: Learning the Microsoft Word Components on page 67.
Adding AutoCorrect entries:
1
250
From the EditScript toolbar, click Word Tools> AutoCorrect or press ALT+T+A to
open the AutoCorrect dialog.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 7: Maximizing Productivity in EditScript MT
The AutoCorrect dialog appears.
2
Click on the AutoCorrect tab.
3
In the Replace field, enter the abbreviation for the entry. In this example, we are
creating an entry for “hypertension,” but we only want to have to type the abbreviation
“hypn” in our documents. The abbreviation is entered in the Replace field.
4
In the With field, enter the word you are creating the entry for, and that you would like
to replace the abbreviation with. In this example, we want to replace the “hypn”
abbreviation with the word “hypertension,” every time the abbreviation is typed.
5
Click Add to add the new entry to the list.
6
Click OK when done.
Pay attention to direct MT feedback
EditScript MT has the ability to analyze your performance data and suggest ways for you to
improve your editing speed by using productivity-enhancing features discussed previously in
this chapter. It is important to review this feedback on a regular basis to learn how you can
maximize your productivity in EditScript MT.
Your direct feedback can be viewed through your metrics page.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
251
Chapter 7: Maximizing Productivity in EditScript MT
Steps:
1
Press ALT+X or click Utilities> Transcription Metrics.
The Enter Date Range dialog appears.
2
Specify a Start and End date for the date range, using the arrow keys to navigate
between the month, day, and year columns. You could also click on the downwardfacing arrow to right of each field and select a date from the fly-out calender that
appears.
ALT+O
3
252
ALT+L
Once you have specified the date range, press ALT+O (OK) to accept it.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 7: Maximizing Productivity in EditScript MT
The Transcription Metrics dialog appears.
4
To create a printout of your metrics, press the TAB key until the Print button is
highlighted, then press ENTER (or click Print).
To clear the content of this dialog, press the TAB key until the Clear button is
highlighted, then press ENTER (or click Clear).
To refresh the content, press the TAB key until the Refresh button is highlighted, then
press ENTER (or click Refresh).
You can also change the date range directly from this dialog. To do this, press the TAB
key until the month of the Start or End date (whichever you wish to change) is
highlighted. You can then use the arrows keys to navigate between month, day, and
year. You can also click on the downward-facing arrow to the right of either field to
select a new date from the fly-out calendar that appears.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
253
Chapter 7: Maximizing Productivity in EditScript MT
Pause EditScript MT when you need a break
EditScript MT contains a Pause feature that can be used when you need to take a break from
the program. This feature allows you to take breaks without having your time away from
EditScript MT count against you in productivity measurements.
Steps:
1
Click Utilities> Pause EditScript and Transcription Timer from the EditScript
toolbar
.
This will hide all EditScript MT windows and display a dialog reminding you that
EditScript MT is currently paused. This dialog also includes a visual display of the
running time that you are away from the program in the HH:MM:SS (hours, minutes,
and seconds) format.
2
To return to EditScript MT and resume editing, press ENTER when the dialog is the
focus dialog (not behind other applications), or click Resume Editing.
Check spelling as you type
To avoid having to check spelling through the entire document once it has been completed,
enable Word to check spelling as you type. This will allow you to proof and check spelling as
you edit/transcribe. To enable this feature, follow the steps below.
Steps:
1
From EditScript MT, click Word Tools.
2
Select Options.
3
From the Options dialog, click on the Spelling and Grammar.
4
Under Spelling, check the box for Check spelling as you type.
5
Click OK.
Edit documents for the same speaker
Data shows significant productivity gains when transcriptionists are assigned jobs for a single
speaker within a short time frame, rather than working exclusively from dictation time and/or
priority rules. The time frame is determined by the EditScript Age Difference Cutoff setting,
which can be adjusted through the Institution Advanced Settings dialog in EMon. This setting is
254
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 7: Maximizing Productivity in EditScript MT
institution wide, which means it cannot be customized on an individual basis. By default, the
EditScript Age Difference Cutoff setting defaults to 8 hours. See the EMon User Guide for
more information.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
255
Chapter 7: Maximizing Productivity in EditScript MT
256
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Troubleshooting
This chapter contains helpful troubleshooting
tips for EditScript MT and Microsoft Word, as
well as comprehensive instructions for
configuring your AntiVirus software to allow
EditScript MT to perform at an optimal level.
8
Topics discussed in this chapter:

Troubleshooting EditScript MT

Troubleshooting Word

Recommended AntiVirus
Settings
257
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting EditScript MT
An error appears when a function you wanted the program to perform could not succeed, due
to a variety of reasons. Details of the problem will appear in the error message, and are sent to
Dragon Medical 360 | eScription for review so that something can be learned from the event.
The errors and issues listed in this section are common, and can be easily resolved following
the steps that are provided. In the event that the troubleshooting instructions in this section do
not resolve the issue, contact your IT staff, or try the following suggestions:
•
•
Reboot your computer. This does not take too long, and has been known to resolve a
variety of problems. This should be your first step in troubleshooting any problem in
EditScript MT.
Completely re-install EditScript MT. This can be done through Start> Control Panel>
Add/Remove Programs. Simply locate EditScript MT in the programs list and click on the
Change/Remove button. Once EditScript has been un-installed, delete the EditScript
installation folder. Then, re-install EditScript MT. This simple procedure will resolve
many common problems. Your ability to do this is controlled by your institution’s own IT
security procedures. Assistance from an IT administrator may be required.
ISSUE: EditScript MT is slow and unresponsive
In the event you notice a lag in performance, verify that your system meets the hardware and
software requirements listed in the Component Installations Requirements found on the
EditScript Online Support Center. If it does, verify that Windows and Office are both up to date.
If your system meets both criteria, and EditScript MT is slow and/or unresponsive, it is likely
the result of having too many open applications in the background. Many antivirus programs,
such as Norton and McAfee, have real-time scanning features that will slow even new and
powerful systems. It is advisable to try running your virus program without real-time scanning
active to see if this makes a significant difference.
If you still do not notice a difference, you can use the Windows Task Manager to determine if
any background applications are slowing you down.
Steps:
1
Press CTRL+ALT+Delete.
2
Select Task Manager from the dialog that appears.
3
Click on the Processes tab.
4
Click on the CPU column header to sort by processor usage. Only the System Idle
Process should have a usage number greater than 50. Any additional programs with a
number greater than 50 could very well be the cause of the sudden performance lag.
ISSUE: I finished my transcription, but it is still showing up as Checked Out in
EMon
In the event that you complete and upload a report but it shows up as Checked Out in EMon,
log out and log back in to EditScript MT. This will force an upload of documents that have
already been transcribed. If this does not solve the problem, verify that your Internet
connection is working properly. If it is, follow the steps below.
258
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting
Steps:
1
Open EditScript MT and log in as normal (make sure your profile in EMon allows you to
view and edit the work queue, Login>Login Privileges).
2
Press ALT+Q to display the work queue.
3
Click on the View Dictations in the Queue icon or press ALT+V.
4
When the results are displayed, click on the Status heading and look for all items that
are Checked Out for Editing.
5
Select the records that are currently Checked Out and completed.
6
Click on the Upload Highlighted Files icon to manually upload the selected files. This
may take several moments depending on the number of files you have selected.
Additional troubleshooting steps:
If the document still does not upload properly, try the following.
1
Note the dictation number.
2
Copy the body of the dictation and paste it into Notepad (make sure your profile in
EMon allows you to paste, Security>Prevent Paste should be un-checked).
3
Exit EditScript MT.
4
In C:\Program Files\eScription\EditScript\Downloads, delete all files with the
dictation number you noted in Step 1.
5
In C:\Program Files\eScription\EditScript\UploadSaves, delete all files with the
dictation number you noted in Step 1.
6
Have your transcription manager set the job to Ready for Editing or Ready for
Transcription, and assign it to you.
7
Log in to EditScript MT.
8
Pull up the dictation and paste the copied text from the original.
9
Upload the dictation. Note that the document will pend if you do not listen to the audio.
ISSUE: Why do I not see all of the available jobs in my queue?
The number of available jobs in your work queue might vary depending on whether you are
viewing the queue through EMon or EditScript MT. If you notice a discrepancy between the two
programs, consider the following:
Perhaps the dictation you are looking for is assigned to a work type that you do not have
permission to work on. Have your administrator verify your work type permissions in EMon.
Are you looking for multiple STAT (high priority) dictations in your queue? At most, only 2 STAT
dictations are allowed in a work queue at one time. This is to prevent high priority dictations
from being locked to a specific MT in the event of an unexpected shut down. To work around
this issue, have your administrator or transcription manager change the priority of the dictation
to a number higher than 2. It should then appear in your queue.
ISSUE: Why am I getting communications messages?
If you encounter communications errors while trying to update the header or upload a dictation
in EditScript MT, it is indication that your computer is having difficulty connecting to the
EditScript MT User Guide V10
259
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting
Dragon Medical 360 | eScription server. This could result from a temporary connection
problem, or it could mean that your internet connection is down. EditScript MT will continue to
upload completed documents until it succeeds when connection is re-established.
ISSUE: “EditScript8.dot Warning Message” error
The following message is sometimes displayed when you attempt to download a dictation in
EditScript MT:
EditScript8.dot Warning Message
EditScript8.dot has encountered an unexpected problem. The details of the problem are
displayed below. You may continue to work within EditScript8.dot. If you continue to have
problems with EditScript8.dot, please contact your IT Support Staff for assistance.
Problem details sent to eScription:
Error 6010: This scrollbar is not visible in eScriptionEditScript8.cEditScriptDriver.ImportNew
File. The error occurred at line: 995
This error appears when the vertical and horizontal scrolling bars are set to Hide. To resolve
this problem, follow the steps below.
Steps:
1
From Word, click on the Tools Menu.
2
Select Options.
3
Click on the View tab in the Options dialog.
4
Make sure that both Vertical scroll bar and Horizontal scroll bar are checked.
ISSUE: “A problem has occurred while trying to initialize EditScript template” error
When this error is encountered, EditScript cannot continue. To resolve this problem, follow the
steps below.
Steps:
1
Export all AutoCorrect entries from Microsoft Office. For detailed instructions on how to
do this, click on the following link: http://support/microsoft.com/
default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;186237
2
Backup all Office settings and programs, including Outlook mailboxes and the
Normal.dot template, which can be found at the following location: C:\Documents and
Settings\<yourusername>\Application Data\Microsoft\Templates
3
From the Help Menu, select Word Detect and Repair.
Note: This will affect all Microsoft Office settings and programs! Be sure to backup
any and all important files, including your Outlook mailboxes.
4
Check the boxes for both Restore my shortcuts while repairing, and Discard my
customized settings and restore default settings.
5
Import the AutoCorrect entries you exported in step 1.
260
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting
ISSUE: “Run-time error ‘67.’ Too many files” error
Run-time error “67.” Too many files. Raised at line 295 in
EditScriptServer.modVBtrace.GeneralErrorsLog.
Steps:
1
Exit EditScript MT.
2
Delete all files in the following folders:
C:\Program Files\eScription\EditScript\Downloads
C:\Program Files\eScription\EditScript\DownloadSaves
C:\Program Files\eScription\EditScript\Logs
C:\Program Files\eScription\EditScript\UploadSaves
3
Restart EditScript MT.
ISSUE: I can’t hear the dictation audio!
In the rare instance that you can no longer hear the dictation audio, you can attempt to
troubleshoot the problem by following the steps below:
1
Make sure the volume control on your computer is not set to Mute. To do this, click on
the volume icon in your Windows Task Bar.
The Volume button, located in the
Windows Task Bar or System Tray
Make sure the Mute setting is un-checked
2
Record the dictation ID number (located at the bottom left of the EditScript MT
interface). You may need to reference this number or locate the dictation at a later
time.
3
Press the center foot pedal three (3) times.
4
Press ALT+A to play the audio in EditScript MT. Did this solve the problem? If not,
continue.
5
Pend the current document and re-start EditScript MT. Try playing the audio again.
Did this solve the problem? If not, try playing an audio file outside of EditScript MT. If
you cannot hear audio, download and install the most recent drivers for your audio
device. Did this solve the problem? If not, try rebooting the computer.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
261
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting
ISSUE: The date is uploading incorrectly in EditScript MT
Certain Microsoft Windows Date settings can cause problems with the date format uploaded by
MTs in EditScript MT. To resolve this problem, follow the steps below.
Steps:
1
From the Start Menu, click on Control Panel.
2
Click Regional and Language Options.
3
Click on the Regional Options tab (default).
4
5
In the Short Date field, verify that the date is listed in the MM/DD/YYYY format.
Click OK.
ISSUE: Why is the CC list incomplete?
When EditScript MT is launched for the first time, your current CC list is downloaded from the
database and a copy is saved on the local machine. This enables EditScript to skip this step on
subsequent logins, saving you time. However, if EditScript MT is loaded before the Provider list
is uploaded completely, only a partial provider list will be copied to your system, and because
some data was initially copied, it will not try to reload the data the next time you login.
To resolve this problem, delete the copied files from the EditScript MT installation directory.
EditScript MT will then reload the contact list at next login. All files that begin with either of the
following names should be deleted:
ContactList_
ContactDeltas_
For XP, the default installation directory is:
C:\Documents and Settings\<username>\Application Data\eScription\EditScriptMTV9
For Vista and Windows 7, the default installation directory is:
C:\Documents and Settings\<username>\Application Data\eScription\EditScriptMTV9
Tip: For a shortcut to the path, use %AppData% as the first part of the path, e.g.,
%appdata%\eScription\EditScriptMTV9.
ISSUE: I thought I had completed more lines than I was credited for
Sometimes, your transcription metrics credit you with fewer lines than you believe you edited/
transcribed within the specified date range. There are three possible causes for this:
•
•
262
Jobs were cancelled: It is possible that one or more jobs you had edited/transcribed in
EditScript MT were cancelled by an administrator through EMon. Lines are not credited
when a job is cancelled.
The job status changed: It is possible that the status of one or more jobs was
changed back to Ready for editing or Ready for transcription by an administrator after
you uploaded it, which would cause the job(s) to be routed back through the general
queue.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting
•
The last job has not been added to your metrics yet: It may take a few moments
for a completed job to appear in your MT metrics page. Please allow the system enough
time for the most recent line count numbers to be reflected.
ISSUE: “Utterance not found or redundant” error
When you attempt to upload a document in Pending List Management mode, you might
encounter the following error:
Utterance not found or redundant.
This is an indication that the document is no longer valid in your work queue. Below are a few
common reasons for this error:
•
•
•
The document was never Downloaded and checked out, or the wrong toolbar options
were selected when you created your work queue.
The status of the document was changed through EMon, causing the document to be
released.
The document was automatically released after five (5) hours. This is a feature of the
system that can be configured by your institution.
ISSUE: Unable to associate the footpedal with port: COM2
This error appears when EditScript MT cannot connect to the foot pedal through the port that
had been specified for it. When this occurs, select Yes to choose a new port.
ISSUE: When I insert a template, it does not appear in the same window
When you attempt to insert a template, it must open in the same window as EditScript MT. If
your PC is not configured to do this, follow the steps below:
Steps for Windows XP:
1
In Windows Explorer, click on the Tools menu.
2
Select Folder Options.
3
Click on the File Types tab in the dialog that appears.
4
Under Registered File Types, scroll to find Microsoft Word Document (DOC).
EditScript MT User Guide V10
263
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting
5
Click Advanced.
6
In the Edit File Type dialog, make sure that the Browse in same window setting is
checked.
Steps for Vista and Windows 7:
Note: Please back up of the registry before performing the following changes.
1
264
Open the Windows registry by typing regedit in the run command window.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting
2
Go to:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Classes\Word.Document.8
or, depending on which is installed,
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Classes\Word.Document.12
3
On the right pane, delete "BrowserFlags" DWORD.
4
Close the registry.
ISSUE: EditScript MT appears to slow down every few minutes
Most likely, this is due to the AutoSave feature in EditScript. By default, an AutoSave will occur
every minute, and may affect system performance during each occurrence. To increase the
minutes between autosaves, follow the steps below.
Steps:
1
From EditScript MT, press ALT+O to display the Profile Settings dialog.
2
Select the Transcription tab.
3
To change an option from this dialog tab, hit the TAB key to toggle through the
available settings. Under MinutesBetweenAutoSave, enter a number greater than
the current interval.
4
Press ALT+O to accept any changes and close the dialog.
Before some changes can take effect, you must log out and log back into EditScript MT.
ISSUE: Problems with EditScript MT search, .SHTML file association
The search feature in EditScript MT communicates with the Internet through .SHTML files, a file
format that essentially says "This html file includes Server commands - please parse it before
delivering to the browser site.” The .SHTML format allows for parsing to be skipped for all plain
.html (or .htm) files.
In order for the search feature to work correctly, and perform at a maximum level, the .SHTML
file type must be associated with Internet Explorer. On most computers, this association is
already in place. When it is not, you can create the association by following the steps below.
Steps:
1
From Windows Explorer, click on the Tools menu.
2
Select Folder Options.
3
From the Folder Options dialog, click on the File Types tab.
4
Scroll through the Registered File Types list. Does .SHTML appear? If so, make sure
it is associated with Internet Explorer. If not, continue.
5
Click New.
The Create New Extension dialog appears.
6
In the File Extension field, type .SHTML.
7
Click on Advanced.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
265
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting
8
266
In the Associated File Type field, click on the downward-facing arrow and select
Internet Explorer from the scroll list.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting
9
Click OK.
ISSUE: I get an Internet Explorer error when I attempt to install EditScript MT
Upon installation, EditScript MT checks the current version of Internet Explorer on your system
using a string value called “IE.” This value is located in the following key location in your
Windows registry:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Version Vector
If this string is missing during installation of EditScript MT, installation may fail with the
following error:
To run EditScript MT, you must install Internet Explorer 6 or later.
To resolve this problem, follow the steps below.
Steps:
1
From the Start window, click Run.
The Run dialog appears.
2
Type the following in the Open field: regedit.
3
Navigate to the location noted above
(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Version
Vector).
EditScript MT User Guide V10
267
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting
4
Insert a new string value with the name “IE” and a value of 6.0000.
5
Reboot, and attempt to install EditScript MT again.
IMPORTANT! Modifying your registry incorrectly can cause serious problems that
may require you to reinstall your Operating System. If you are not familiar with the
registry, we recommend that you contact your local IT support representative for
assistance.
268
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Word
The errors and issues listed in this section are common, and can be easily resolved following
the steps that are provided. In the event that the troubleshooting instructions in this section do
not resolve the issue, contact your IT staff, or try the following suggestion:
•
Reboot your computer. This does not take too long, and has been known to resolve a
variety of problems. This should be your first step in troubleshooting a problem.
ISSUE: Cannot record macros
If you cannot record macros, check the Trust Access to Visual Basic check box in the Trusted
Publishers tab of macro security (Tools> Macro> Security). This should be done without
EditScript open. See screen shot below from Word 2003.
ISSUE: “Word cannot save this file....” error
The following error message is sometimes displayed when you attempt to exit EditScript MT:
Word cannot save this file because it is already open elsewhere (C:Documents and
Settings...Normal.dot).
Normal.dot is used by Word to open a blank document when the File> New button is selected.
To resolve this Word problem, follow the steps below.
Step 1:
Open EditScript MT before any other applications that might use Normal.dot (Outlook is a
common application that uses this file).
Step 2:
1
From Outlook, click on the Tools menu.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
269
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting
2
Select Options.
3
Click on the Mail Format tab.
4
Uncheck the Use MS Word to edit emails setting (depending on the version of
Outlook you are using, there might be two settings).
ISSUE: How do you turn off AutoNumbering in Word?
Follow the steps below to turn off the AutoNumbering feature in Word.
Steps:
1
From the EditScript toolbar, open the Word Tools menu.
2
Select AutoCorrect.
3
Click the AutoFormat as you type tab.
4
Under Apply as you type, uncheck the box for Automatic numbered lists.
5
Click OK.
6
To turn the feature back on, repeat these steps and check the box for Automatic
numbered lists.
270
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting
Recommended AntiVirus Settings
EditScript MT only supports Norton Anti-Virus and McAfee Anti-Virus. If McAfee Anti-Virus is
installed, it must be Version 8 or higher.
Later versions of McAfee and all versions of Norton may cause performance delays unless the
EditScript installation directory is excluded from virus scanning. To configure your AntiVirus
software so that EditScript MT can run at an optimal level, follow the instructions below.
McAfee VirusScan Plus 2008 (versions 8 and 9)
McAfee requires a lot of CPU resources, which can cause noticeable slowdown in EditScript MT.
In McAfee VirusScan, the exclusion of scanning certain folders is not allowed. When running
EditScript MT, it is recommended that you exclude the scanning of the eScription directory.
For Windows Vista and Windows 7:

Users\<username>\AppData\Roaming\eScription\ EditScript MT<product
version>
For Windows XP:

Documents and Settings\<username>\Application Data\eScription\EditScriptMT
Disabling VirusScan will disable the scanning of these directories, which will enable EditScript
MT to operate with a reduced risk of errors. To disable VirusScan, please follow the steps below.
Steps:
1
Double-click on the McAfee icon in the toolbar.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
271
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting
The following window appears.
2
Click on Computers & Files.
The following window appears.
3
272
Click Configure on the right side of the screen.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting
4
Under “Virus protection is enabled’, set the real-time scanning protection to Off.
If you would like to turn the real-time scanning back to On when you are done working
in EditScript MT, you can do so here.
5
After you set the real-time protection to Off, a pop-up window will appear, asking when
you want to re-enable real-time scanning. Select Never from the drop-down and then
click OK.
Real-time scanning is now disabled. A white “X” surrounded by a red circle now appears
beside your McAfee icon in the toolbar.
Norton 2007/2008
For EditScript MT to run without interruption, the following EditScript MT directories should be
excluded from scanning:
For Windows Vista and Windows 7:

Users\<username>\AppData\Roaming\eScription\ EditScript MT<product
version>
For Windows XP:

Documents and Settings\<username>\Application Data\eScription\EditScriptMT
Follow the instructions below.
Steps:
1
Open your Norton program.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
273
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting
2
In the main window, click the Norton product tab.
3
On the next window, click Settings.
4
Under Settings> Basic Security, click Norton AntiVirus Options.
274
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting
5
On the left-side of the screen, click Exclusions.
6
Under “Which disks, folders, or files to exclude from Risk scanning”, click New.
7
Depending on your operating system, exclude the appropriate directory below.
For Windows Vista and Windows 7:

Users\<username>\AppData\Roaming\eScription\ EditScript MT<product
version>
For Windows XP:

Documents and Settings\<username>\Application Data\eScription\EditScriptMT
Note: Be sure to check the Include subfolders check box.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
275
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting
8
Click OK.
9
Under “Which disks, folders, or files to exclude from Auto-Protect scanning, click New.
10
Depending on your operating system, exclude the appropriate directory below.
For Windows Vista and Windows 7:

Users\<username>\AppData\Roaming\eScription\ EditScript MT<product
version>
For Windows XP:

Documents and Settings\<username>\Application Data\eScription\EditScriptMT
Note: Be sure to check the Include subfolders check box.
11
Click OK.
12
Click Apply and then click OK.
Norton 2006/2005/2004
For EditScript MT to run without interruption, the following EditScript MT directories should be
excluded from scanning:
For Windows Vista and Windows 7:

Users\<username>\AppData\Roaming\eScription\ EditScript MT<product
version>
For Windows XP:

Documents and Settings\<username>\Application Data\eScription\EditScriptMT
Steps:
1
Right-click on the Norton AntiVirus 2004 icon and select Open Norton AntiVirus, or
simply double-click on the program icon on your desktop.
276
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting
2
Select the Options button.
3
Click Auto-Protect> Exclusions.
4
Click New.
5
Depending on which operating system is being used, exclude one of the following
directories:
For Windows Vista and Windows 7:

Users\<username>\AppData\Roaming\eScription\ EditScript MT<product
version>
For Windows XP:

Documents and Settings\<username>\Application Data\eScription\EditScriptMT
Make sure to exclude the directory from both virus detection and from compressed file
scanning.
6
Click OK.
7
On the left Options screen, click Manual Scan> Exclusions.
8
Repeat steps 4 through 7.
9
Click OK, and then close the Options for Norton AntiVirus window.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
277
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting
278
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Common EditScript MT
Messages
A
EditScript MT, like most applications, requires
communication and user input through the
use of message dialogs. You will encounter a
variety of messages during your day-to-day
activities in EditScript MT; some that result
from routine workflow procedures and others
from problem issues. This chapter highlights
the program messages that you are most
likely to come across. For information on
specific troubleshooting procedures, see
Troubleshooting in Chapter 8 on page 257.
279
Appendix A: Common EditScript MT Messages
Message Text / Description
You can only work on one EditScript file at a time. Do you want to close the
current EditScript file and open the next?
Appears when you attempt to retrieve a dictation while one is already loaded. Either select
No and complete and upload the current document, or select Yes to close the current
document and begin working on the new document.
Is this the template you want to insert?
Appears when you attempt to insert a template. Confirm that the selected template is the
one you intend to use.
The following fields have changed. You must either confirm or reset these
changes before uploading this dictation. In addition, you must either supply
values for the following fields and confirm them, or pend the dictation.
Appears when you attempt to upload the current document without first confirming the
changes that have been made to the information in the header. Any changes made to the
header must be confirmed before the document can be uploaded. To do this, select the
Confirm button (ALT+O).
You must also enter values for the fields listed in the message dialog and confirm those as
well, or pend the dictation (ALT+Y).
If you leave the fields below blank, you must pend this dictation before
uploading it. Please either fill in these fields and confirm your values, or add a
pending note to this dictation.
Appears when you attempt to upload the current document without providing missing
header information. Complete the listed fields, or add a pending note to the dictation
(ALT+Y).
You have successfully constructed your own work queue. To retrieve dictations
in the queue, use the “Get Next Dictation” or “Send Current Dictation and Get
Next Dictation” buttons on your toolbar.
Appears when your custom work queue has been constructed successfully. Return to
EditScript editing mode (ALT+E) and begin retrieving documents from your queue using the
ALT+U (recommended) or ALT+N shortcuts.
You have closed all of your EditScript documents. Do you want to exit from
EditScript?
Appears when you have completed and closed all of the documents in your queue. Select
Yes to close EditScript, or No to return to editing mode.
There is nothing in the pending note. Do you still want to pend the dictation?
Appears when you attempt to pend a dictation without adding a pending note. Select Yes to
pend the dictation anyway, or No to add a note before pending (recommended).
The spelling check is complete.
Appears when spell check has finished processing.
280
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Appendix A: Common EditScript MT Messages
You have made changes to your normal.dot template but EditScript cannot save
them because another instance of Word also has the template open. Do you
want to save a copy of your changes to normal.dot?
Appears when changes made during the EditScript session have affected your normal.dot
template, but the changes cannot be saved because another application is sharing the
template (e.g. Outlook). Select Yes to save a copy of the normal.dot template.
You have not selected any of the search records. No changes will be applied to
the header. Is this what you want to do?
Appears when you attempt to exit the search results window without selecting a result to be
applied to the header. Select Yes to exit, or No to select a result to apply to the header.
Your search has returned over 100 results. Only the first 100 will be displayed.
Appears whenever a search returns more than 100 results. In such an instance, only the
first 100 results can be displayed at one time. For a smaller list of results, narrow the search
by providing more information.
EditScript is unable to login with this username/password combination. Please
make sure your caps-lock key is not turned on.
Appears when the user name and/or password information you have provided at startup is
incorrect. Check to make sure the caps-lock key is turned off and try again.
The spelling and grammar check is complete. Do you want to split the
highlighted text from the remainder of the dictation and upload it?
Appears when spelling and grammar checking has completed during an attempt to split the
current dictation. Select Yes to split the highlighted text from the rest of the document and
upload it, creating a separate document.
Error retrieving institution info. A network communications error occurred while
connecting to the EditScript Server. Please press OK to continue working.
Appears when your institution information cannot be retrieved due to an unexpected
network communications error. Select OK to continue working in EditScript and try again
later.
You must specify at least one search criterion. Please specify values for which
you want to search and then click the Search button again.
Appears when you attempt to perform a search without first specify a criterion. Specify the
values by which you would like to search and select the Search button again.
EditScript MT has successfully reestablished a connection to the eScription
database.
Appears when connection between EditScript and the Dragon Medical 360 | eScription
database has been restored following a disconnect.
No high priority dictations are currently available for you.
Appears when you attempt to download a high priority dictation, and none are currently
available.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
281
Appendix A: Common EditScript MT Messages
EditScript cannot be launched because it is either already running or it is in the
process of shutting down.
Appears when you attempt to launch EditScript while it is already running, or without first
shutting it down completely. View the Task Manager and shut down all EditScript
background applications (see Background applications in Chapter 1 on page 32) and try
again.
EditScript is now restarting following a non-standard shutdown. Please log in to
the same institution that you were working on prior to the shutdown. EditScript
will then repair any problems which occurred during the shutdown.
Appears when EditScript is attempting to restart after an improper shutdown. Log in to the
same institution as before to allow EditScript to repair any problems.
You still have undownloaded dictations in the work queue you constructed
earlier in the session. Do you want to add the selected dictations to that work
queue?
Appears when you attempt to build a custom work queue without first completing all of the
jobs that were added to the other custom queue built previously during the current session.
Select Yes to add the selected jobs to the current custom queue, or No to create a new work
queue with the selected jobs.
To protect patient confidentiality, EditScript is configured to prevent users from
saving transcriptions to files outside of EditScript. If you have questions, please
contact your transcription manager.
Appears when you attempt to save a document outside of EditScript when you are not
permitted to do so. This permission can be granted to you through the Security tab in your
eScriptionist Profile dialog in EMon.
Windows is waiting for you to respond to another open dialog.
Appears when you attempt to perform an operation in EditScript that cannot be processed
due to another open Windows application window. Close the other window and try again.
There currently are no dictations in the work queue for transcriptionist
_________.
Appears when a transcriptionist attempts to retrieve a dictation from an empty queue.
To protect patient confidentiality, EditScript is configured to prevent users from
printing transcriptions. If you have questions, please contact your transcription
manager.
Appears when you attempt to print a document outside of EditScript when you are not
permitted to do so. This permission can be granted to you through the Security tab in your
eScriptionist Profile dialog in EMon.
Error retrieving transcription metrics. A network communications error
occurred while connecting to the EditScript Server. Please press OK to continue
working.
Appears when your transcription metrics cannot be retrieved due to an unexpected network
communications error. Select OK to continue working in EditScript and try again.
282
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Appendix A: Common EditScript MT Messages
EditScript is now restarting following a system error. After logging in, please
press ALT+N to retrieve the next document in your work queue. NOTE: The next
document will generally be the one you were working on at the time of the error.
However, higher priority documents may be loaded first.
Appears when EditScript is attempting to restart following an unexpected system error.
Once EditScript has relaunched, you can retrieve documents using the ALT+U
(recommended) or ALT+N shortcuts.
Unable to associate the footpedal with port: ______. Do you want to specify
another port for the footpedal?
Appears when EditScript cannot associate the footpedal with the specified port. Select Yes to
specify another port from a list of ports.
You are not currently editing an EditScript file so there is nothing to upload.
Windows is waiting for you to respond to another open dialog. Please respond
to that dialog before displaying the EditScript work queue manager dialog.
Appears when you attempt a file upload when there are no open dictations or when the
action cannot be performed due to another open Windows application dialog. Close the other
dialog and try again.
You did not select any dictations for your work queue. EditScript MT is currently
unable to connect from your site to the eScription database. As a result, it
cannot retrieve any more dictations for you to work on. You can either shut
down EditScript MT now, or wait while EditScript MT attempts to reestablish a
connection. Please contact your administrator or eScription representative.
Appears when no dictations were selected for your custom work queue because EditScript is
unable to connect to the database due to an unexpected connection error. You can elect to
either shut down EditScript or wait for connection to be reestablished.
Please contact your administrator or Dragon Medical 360 | eScription representative when
this error occurs.
Database request completed. Errors encountered: Unable to interpret the
SPHERE header of file
“C:\PROGRA~1\ESCRIP~1\EDITSC~1\Downloads\local_NAME.pcm”
Appears when a request made to the Dragon Medical 360 | eScription database has been
completed with one or more errors.
You must specify a first and last name for the new contact.
Appears when you attempt to insert a contact without providing a first and last name.
The place where you are splitting this dictation comes before the starting point
it had when you loaded it. EditScript will create a dictation segment which goes
from the start of the audio to this newly specified split. Is this what you want to
do?
Appears when you attempt to split a dictation at a point that comes before the starting point
at which it was loaded. Select Yes to create a dictation segment that begins from the start of
the audio and ends at the split location, or No to reselect the Split position.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
283
Appendix A: Common EditScript MT Messages
You are attempting to split this dictation segment at the beginning of the audio
for this segment. This is not allowed.
Appears when you attempt to split a dictation at the beginning of the audio.
You have chosen to change the values below for this transcription. Press OK to
confirm these changes. Press Cancel to revise them.
Appears when you have attempt to upload the document without confirming the listed
changes first. Select OK to confirm the changes, or Cancel to revise them.
You cannot change the patient name to a blank value. Please re-specify the
value and click OK again.
Appears when you remove the patient name and do not replace it. The patient name must
be entered.
You cannot change the patient account to a blank value. Please re specify the
value and click OK again.
Appears when you remove the patient account and do not replace it. The patient account
must be entered.
EditScript initialization has completed.
Appears when EditScript initialization has processed.
You have tried to open too many custom dictionaries. Word can have up to 10
custom dictionaries open at the same time.
Appears when you attempt to open more than 10 custom dictionaries.
EditScript encountered an unexpected database error while attempting to
retrieve your options profile for this institution. It will now terminate. After it
shuts down, you may try to log in to another institution. Please report this error
to your transcription manager.
Appears when your options profile cannot be retrieved due to an unexpected database error.
You can shut down EditScript and log in to another institution.
Please report this error to your transcription manager.
To protect patient confidentiality, EditScript is configured to prevent users from
emailing transcriptions. If you have questions, please contact your transcription
manager.
Appears when you attempt to email a transcription.
Unable to connect to footpedal port (COM1) Error: 1 If this is the first time using
EditScript, or your first time logging in to EditScript using this release, then
contact your system administrator to determine the port to which your footpedal
is connected. If you have previously connected to the footpedal using the
current EditScript release then there may be a hardware or configuration
problem on your machine. You may want to consider shutting down EditScript,
284
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Appendix A: Common EditScript MT Messages
rebooting the machine, and then logging into EditScript again. If the problem
persists, please contact your system administrator.
Appears when EditScript cannot associate the footpedal with the specified port. Select Yes to
specify another port from a list of ports.
If this is the first time using EditScript, or your first time logging in to EditScript using this
release, then contact your system administrator to determine the port to which your
footpedal is connected. If you have previously connected to the footpedal using the current
EditScript release then there may be a hardware or configuration problem on your machine.
You may want to consider shutting down EditScript, rebooting the machine, and then
logging into EditScript again. If the problem persists, please contact your system
administrator.
This is the audio position where a transcriptionist split this dictation segment.
Do you want to continue listening to the audio?
Appears when the audio progress reaches the position at which the dictation segment was
split. Select Yes to continue listening to the audio, or No to end the audio.
You cannot change the medical record number to a blank value. Please re
specify the value and click OK again.
Appears when you attempt to remove the medical record number (MRN) without replacing
it. The MRN field must not be left blank.
EditScript was unable to retrieve the dictationID for the next segment if the
dictation. This dictation will be uploaded and pended. The next dictation in your
queue will then be loaded into EditScript.
Appears when you attempt to split a dictation and the dictationID for the next segment
cannot be retrieved. The dictation is uploaded and pended, and the next dictation in your
queue will be loaded.
eScription has released a new version of EditScript MT. Everything you need to
install for this release has already been downloaded to your machine. You will
be unable to log in to EditScript MT again until you have installed this new
release. Do you want to install the new release now?
Appears when you have been configured for Automatic Updates. Select Yes to install the
new version now, or No to return to the current session of EditScript and install the new
version before the next login.
Note: You will not be able to log in to EditScript once the current session is over until
the new version has been installed.
EditScript has not finished initializing yet. Please wait.
Appears when you attempt an action that cannot be performed because EditScript is still
initializing.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
285
Appendix A: Common EditScript MT Messages
The following values for Attending Physician are not set up in the eScription
database and cannot be associated with this dictation. Do you want to pend the
dictation and supply this information in a pending note?
Appears when you provide values that are not set up in the Dragon Medical 360 | eScription
database and cannot be associated with the current dictation. Select Yes to pend the
dictation and provided a detailed pending note.
You have not specified a valid filename and path to save your template changes
to. EditScript cannot shut down until you either re specify a filename to save to
or choose not to save your changes.
Appears when you attempt to save template changes to a filename or location that is
incorrect. You must specify a new filename or elect not to save the template changes.
Your computer’s audio player is currently playing other audio. Please either turn
the other audio off or wait until it completes.
Appears when you attempt to listen to dictation audio while your default audio player is
currently occupied with another audio file. In this instance, you can either turn off the
source of the other audio or wait for it to complete before playing the dictation audio.
You have specified an end date but no start date in the date range. Please either
specify a start date or clear the end date.
Appears when you enter one of two dates for a date range field. You must enter a start date
and an end date, or neither.
There is no significant audio after the spot where you are splitting this dictation.
EditScript will now upload this segment of the dictation and load the next
dictation in your queue.
Appears when you attempt to split a dictation and the point of the split is at or near the end
of the audio. In this instance, the segment is uploaded and the next dictation in your queue
is automatically retrieved.
You must specify an institution in order to log in to EditScript MT.
Appears when you attempt to log in to EditScript within specifying an institution.
You cannot change the speaker name to a blank value. Please re specify the
value and click OK again.
Appears when you attempt to remove the speaker name without replacing it. The speaker
name field must not be left blank.
The following entry has already been selected: ________.
Appears when you select an entry that has already been selected.
286
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Appendix A: Common EditScript MT Messages
EditScript MT encountered an unexpected database error during this login and
will now terminate. After it shuts down, you may try to log in to another
institution. Please report this error to your transcription manager.
Appears when EditScript MT cannot launch due to an unexpected database error during
login. Once it shuts down, you can attempt to login to another institution, or simply wait and
try again.
Please report this error to your transcription manager.
You currently have an Outlook mail message open which contains the EditScript
addin. EditScript cannot shut down until you have either sent this message or
closed it.
Appears when EditScript cannot shut down properly due to an open Outlook mail message.
To resolve this problem, either send or close the message.
The following values for Attending Physician are not set up in the eScription
database and cannot be associated with this dictation: GENERIC PHYSICIAN.
Do you want EditScript MT to pend the dictation and supply this information in a
pending note?
Appears when you provide values that are not set up in the Dragon Medical 360 | eScription
database and cannot be associated with the current dictation. Select Yes to pend the
dictation and provided a detailed pending note.
You may only select one Attending Physician. Please delete the current
Attending Physician before selecting a new one.
Appears when you attempt to associate more than one Attending Physician with the current
dictation. Only one Attending Physician can be selected.
You have set an eScription dictionary as your default dictionary.
Appears when you attempt to add new entries to a Dragon Medical 360 | eScription
dictionary. All entries added to the Dragon Medical 360 | eScription dictionaries will be
deleted when EditScript MT is updated. We recommend adding personal entries to a nonDragon Medical 360 | eScription dictionary.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
287
Appendix A: Common EditScript MT Messages
288
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Glossary
addendum
A document that has been linked to a signed, completed report. It
can either be just linked or have the original text inserted into the
new addendum document.
amendment
The document that results when an unsigned report is edited to
include new, corrected content, as instructed by a clinician.
audio control bar
Appears beneath the header when Always Display Audio Dialog
is checked in your EditScript Profile through EMon (see your
Administrator), and whenever a document is loaded in EditScript
MT that has audio associated with it. From the Audio control bar,
you can view the percentage of audio played (audio progress),
track the current position of the audio versus the total duration of
the audio file, and adjust the volume and speed at which the
audio is played.
AutoScript™
The speech processing component of the EditScript solution that
automatically converts the spoken dictations into fully formatted
draft texts.
autospeed
When the system sees an MT increases the audio speed for a
certain dictating clinician, it will increase the default audio speed
for that clinician automatically. Likewise, the system will slow
down the audio speed when it recognizes a significant manual
decrease in audio speed.
289
Glossary
certificate
An optional, client-based security measure that determines what
users can operate EditScript MT on a local machine. If your institution is configured to require certificates for access to EditScript
MT, you will be prompted to request a certificate the first time you
start the program.
EditScript™ MT
EditScript for Medical Transcriptionists. This is the transcription
tool used to edit and/or transcribe dictations.
EditScript™ Server
The database component to the EditScript system through which
all other applications communicate.
EditScript™ Online
Web portal through which Administrators, Medical Transcriptionists (MTs), and Clinicians can access and view documents.
EDT
eScription Data Transfer. EDTs allow for information to be sent
from and received by EditScript Server.
EMon®
This Dragon Medical 360 | eScription component delivers wide
visibility into the dictation and transcription process, as well as
tools for managing that process efficiently day to day. Designed
for Transcription Supervisors and other administrators, the EMon
administrative console provides a single point of control for
securely managing all system settings, and for tracking work performed in the EditScript system.
EMR
Electronic Medical Records. A system at your institution
responsible for storing electronic patient records.
foot pedal
The transcription tool used to play, rewind, and forward dictation
audio using a left, center, and right pedal. EditScript MT supports
two foot pedal models: the IN-DB9 (serial) and IN-USB-1 (USB).
header
The area of the EditScript MT interface that contains patient
demographic information and whatever additional data fields
were configured by your institution. When a dictation is
downloaded in EditScript MT, the first thing you will want to do is
listen to the audio file that is associated with that dictation. The
audio will begin with the patient demographic information, which
is automatically populated in the document header.
normal
A text document containing text that is common to multiple
reports. During dictation, a clinician may instruct the
transcriptionist to use a specific normal when they transcribe a
report. A normal can be pulled into a document using EditScript’s
Insert Normal feature.
290
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Glossary
STAT
The standard term for a high priority dictation, or a dictation that
requires immediate transcription and a short turn-around-time
(see TAT).
status bar
The horizontal toolbar located at the bottom of the EditScript MT
interface. Messages appear in the Status bar to indicate the progress of an action.
Style Guide
A manual that enforces consistent typing practices for particular
terms, phrases, conditions, medications and formatting.
TAT
Turn Around Time. The length of time it takes for a clinician’s
dictation to be returned to them in report form.
toolbar
In addition to the default toolbars already in Word, EditScript MT
introduces its own program toolbar. The EditScript toolbar contains drop-down menus from which all EditScript MT features are
accessible.
work queue
A window feature in EditScript MT that allows you to view the dictations (jobs) that are currently available in the common work
queue, as well as those that are already checked out in your
name to be edited or transcribed.
EditScript MT User Guide V10
291
Glossary
292
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Index
editing entry 89
inserting an entry 89
A
addenda 161, 164
multiple for same dictation 164
adding
AutoCorrect entries 74
CC information 131
amendments 161, 164
AntiVirus settings 271
attaching pending reasons 151
audio
adjusting controls 121
control bar 121
progress 122
shortcuts 100
silences 122
speed 121
volume 122
Audio control bar 57, 121
Audio menu 58
AutoCorrect 73
adding entries 74
adding formatted entries 75
backing up imported lists 79
common substitutions 87
importing custom lists 75
moving entries between computers 83
auto-pended messages 148, 229
autosave and file recovery 53
autospeed 122
AutoText 88
creating an entry 88
deleting entry 90
B
background applications 32
backing up
dictionaries 96
imported autocorrection lists 79
breaks, taking 164
building a work queue 111
MT Review 193
Pending List Management 221
C
calculating score in MT Review 202
CC list
adding names 131
expanded search 133
sorting 136
certificates 30
changing your password 33
contact list
adding names 131
expanded search 133
sorting 136
control navigation 169, 247
correction macros 169, 248
creating
a report without audio 160
addenda 164
amendments 164
293
Index
AutoText entry 88
custom dictionaries 93
custom dictionaries
backing up 96
creating 93
including medical terms 94
modifying 91
D
date fields 129
decrease volume 122
dictations
editing 137
listening to 120
locking to yourself 109
pending 147
retrieving 116
splitting 157
STAT 117
without audio 160
Dictations menu 60
dictionaries 91
backing up 96
creating 93
customizing 94
modifying 91
E
editing
AutoText entry 89
date fields 129
dictation text 137
capitalize 139
insert a colon 139
insert a comma 138
insert a period 138
lowercase 139
move voice cursor forward 138
rewind voice cursor 137
text cursor to voice cursor 137
voice cursor to text cursor 137
header and contact information 124
shortcuts 102
visit grid 129
Editing menu 59
EditScript MT
about 9
audio/editing shortcuts 243
common messages 279
editing a dictation 137
editing the header 124
exiting the program 34
294
installing 18
interface 55
header 57
toolbar 58
Word 2003 56, 65
listening to a dictation 120
profile options 38
retrieving a dictation 116
starting the program 27
troubleshooting 26, 258
voice cursor 101
Word shortcuts 68
work queue 105
workflow shortcuts 245
enabling
MT Review mode 184
Enhanced In-Text MT Review Interface
15, 238
enlarging toolbars in Word 2003 65
exiting EditScript MT 34
F
fast forward 121
features, new in V9 14
foot pedal
pedal bounce-back 104
setup 36
using 104
G
grading a document in MT Review
error in the header 201
error in the text 199
general comment 201
grading criteria 186
H
hardware and software requirements 18
header 57, 124
adding contacts 131
editing date fields 129
missing patient data 126
shortcuts 136
switching formats by work type 128
verifying pre-filled data 127
visit grid 129
Help menu 63
hide audio control bar 122
hide markup 204
high-priority dictations 117
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Index
I
importing
custom AutoCorrect lists 75
saved shortcuts 70
inactivity timer 165
increase volume 122
inserting
a colon 139
a comma 138
a period 138
AutoText entry 89
contact names 140
normals 141
installation directory 24
installing
automatic updates 23
EditScript MT 18
Instruction Control 176
displaying 176
hiding 176
interface 56
Audio control bar 57
EditScript MT and Word 2003 56
status bar 65
toolbar
icons 64
menus 58
introduction 9
L
limited arrow navigation 169, 248
listening to a dictation 120
audio silences 122
autospeed 122
fast forward 121
pause 120
play 120
rewind 120
locking a dictation to yourself 109
logging in to
MT Review mode 193
Pending List Management Mode 218
M
macros
correction 169, 248
troubleshooting 269
marking up a document in MT Review
deleting a marked error 201
marking up a document in QA Review
deleting a marked error 239
metrics 167
EditScript MT User Guide V10
control navigation 169
correction Macros 169
MT feedback 251
plays audio faster 170
Microsoft Word 67
AutoCorrect feature 73
AutoText feature 88
custom dictionaries 91
Normal view 56
shortcuts 68
Tools menu in EditScript MT 62
troubleshooting 269
updating 98
missing patient data 126
mouse-free 242
EditScript MT audio/editing shortcuts
243
navigation 169
workflow shortcuts 245
move
text cursor to voice cursor 137
voice cursor to text cursor 137
MT feedback 251
MT Instructions 174
dialog 176
eScriptionist profile 174
Instruction Control 176
interface 174
shortcuts 178
MT Review
in PLM mode 236
MT Review mode 180
building a work queue 193
calculating score 202
changing review status 203
choosing random documents 190
enabling 184
grading a document 198
grading criteria 186
header 196
hide markup 204
logging in 193
retrieving a document 194
security permissions 181
selecting specific documents 189
multiple cursors 170
N
new features 14
normal speed 121
Normal view in Word 56, 67
normals 141
295
Index
enabling users for 185
getting the average score 212
logging in 205
P
password, changing 33
pause 120, 165
pedal bounce-back 104
pending a dictation 147
Pending List Management Mode 215
auto-pended messages 229
building the work queue 221
exiting 227
logging in 218
retrieving documents 223
selecting dictations 220
setting up 216
EditScript Profile 216
security groups 216
pending reason
attaching 151
grid 151
menu 153
play 120
audio faster 248
silences 64, 122
pre-release MT Review mode 236
productivity-enhancing features 247
control navigation 247
correction macros 248
limited arrow navigation 248
play audio faster 248
tips for MTs 249
use multiple cursors 248
using EditScript MT mouse-free 242
profile options 38
in EMon 41
MT profile 38
R
reassigning shortcut keys 69
recommended AntiVirus settings 271
recovering files 53
releasing a dictation from your queue 109
requesting a certificate 30
Reset (back to before the header) 120
retrieving
a dictation 116
documents for MT Review 194
pended documents 223
STAT dictations (by prompt) 118
review status
changing in MT mode 203
Reviewed Dictation Retrieval (RDR) mode
205
closing a document 211
296
S
scoring in MT Review mode 202
searching
for a previous dictation 171
the CC list 133
security group settings
MT Review mode 181
Pending List Management Mode 216
selecting dictations for
MT Review mode 189
Pending List Management Mode 220
serial foot pedal 36
setting up foot pedals 36
shortcuts
audio 100
editing 102
header 136
MT Instructions 178
navigate by word or paragraph 138
voice cursor 101
workflow 100
silences 64, 122
slow down audio 121
software requirements 18
sorting the contact list 136
speech recognition overview 11
speed up audio 121
spell check 50, 254
split request time-out 158
splitting a dictation 157
starting EditScript MT 27
STAT dictations 117
status bar 65
status types 111
MT 203
style guides 11
T
taking breaks 164
temporary numbers 126
text cursor 137
timeout 165
tips for MTs 249
toolbar 58
enlarging in Word 2003 65
icons 64
Tools menu 62
transcriptionists
EditScript MT User Guide V10
Index
increasing productivity 247
profile options 38
tips 249
troubleshooting
EditScript MT 26, 258
Word 269
U
unlocking a dictation from your queue
109
updating
EditScript MT, automatically 23
Microsoft Word 98
uploading a completed report 117
USB foot pedal 36
USB/Serial Adaptor 36
Utilities menu 62
V
verifying pre-filled header information
127
viewing
the dictations in your work queue 105
the general work queue (pool) 105
transcription metrics 167
visit grid 129
voice cursor 101, 137
move forward by one word 138
rewind by one word 137
volume 122
W
what’s new in this version? 14
Word shortcuts 68, 243
work queue 105
building 111
building for MT Review 193
custom queue 113
document status 111
locking dictations 109
permissions 106
releasing a dictation 109
toolbar features 107
unlocking a dictation 109
viewing dictations 105
viewing the general queue 105
workflow 10
shortcuts 100
EditScript MT User Guide V10
297
Index
298
EditScript MT User Guide V10